HomeMy WebLinkAboutAgenda Packet_11082021A G E N D A
MEETING OF THE CITY COUNCIL
Monday,November 8,2021 ~7:00 PM
ALL COUNCIL MEMBERS AND STAFF WILL PARTICIPATE VIA
TELECONFERENCE
JOE KALMICK
MAYOR
First District
MIKE VARIPAPA
MAYOR PRO TEM
Third District
THOMAS MOORE
COUNCIL MEMBER
Second District
SCHELLY SUSTARSIC
COUNCIL MEMBER
Fourth District
SANDRA MASSA-LAVITT
COUNCIL MEMBER
Fifth District
This Agenda contains a brief general description of each item to be considered.No action or discussion
shall be taken on any item not appearing on the agenda,except as otherwise provided by law.
Supporting documents,including agenda staff reports,and any public writings distributed by the City
to at least a majority of the Council Members regarding any item on this agenda are available on the
City’s website at www.sealbeachca.gov.
City Council meetings are broadcast live on Seal Beach TV3 and on the City's website
www.sealbeachca.gov).Check the SBTV3 schedule for rebroadcast of —meetings are available on-
demand on the website (starting 2012)meeting.
In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990,if you require disability -related
modification or accommodation to attend or participate in this meeting,including auxiliary aids or
services,please call the City Clerk's office at (562)431-2527 at least 48 hours prior to the meeting.
NOTICE REGARDING PUBLIC OBSERVATION AND PARTICIPATION IN THE CITY
COUNCIL MEETING
Pursuant to Government Code section 54953(e),a proclaimed state of emergency and
recommended State and County measures to promote social distancing remain in
effect.Due to the continuing need for social distancing and guidance regarding public
gatherings during the COVID-19 public health emergency,all participation in the above-
referenced Meeting will be by teleconference for the Members of the City Council,staff,
and applicants.Because of the unique nature of the emergency there will NOT be a
physical meeting location and all public participation will be electronic.The City will
continue to review these measures and determine whether meeting in person would
continue to present imminent risks to the health or safety of attendees.
PUBLIC COMMENT:Members of the public may submit comments on any item on this
City Council meeting agenda via email to the City Clerk at gharper@sealbeachca.gov or
via the comment icon through the online portal at
https://www.sealbeachca.gov/Government/Agendas-Notices-Meeting-
Videos/CouncilCommission-Meetings.All email comments the City Clerk receives
before the start of the meeting will be posted on the City website and distributed to the
Council Members.Email comments received after that time will be posted on the City’s
website and forwarded to the City Council after the meeting.
Those members of the public wishing to call in for comment during the meeting can join
the Zoom Meeting from any electronic device by clicking the following link:
https://us02web.zoom.us/j/82168073337.You may also call in by dialing
1-669-900-9128##.Those members requesting to speak by phone or on Zoom can
unmute by entering *6 when called upon to speak.Once in the meeting,you will be
added to the Waiting Room until the Public Comment period begins.At that time,you
will be allowed to join the meeting to offer your comments.Commenters will be allotted
five (5)minutes to address the City Council.The ability to comment will be disabled
when your allotted time has expired.
THIS NOTICE AND ELECTRONIC PARTICIPATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN
THIS NOTICE ARE PROVIDED PURSUANT TO THE CITY COUNCIL’S
DETERMINATION THAT REMOTE MEETINGS ARE STILL WARRANTED,AS
REQUIRED BY GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 54953(e).
CALL TO ORDER
COUNCIL ROLL CALL
APPROVAL OF AGENDA &WAIVER OF FULL READING OF RESOLUTIONS
ORDINANCES
By motion of the City Council this is the time to notify the public of any changes to the
agenda and /or rearrange the order of the agenda.
PRESENTATIONS /RECOGNITIONS
•Reserve Police Officer Dave Mains Retirement
•Parking Sign –Beach Lot Update
•Veterans Day Proclamation
ORAL COMMUNICATIONS
At this time members of the public may address the City Council regarding the items
on this City Council agenda.Pursuant to the Brown Act,the City Council cannot discuss
or take action on any items not on the agenda unless authorized by law.
Those members of the public wishing to provide comment are asked to send
comments via email to the City Clerk at gharper@sealbeachca.gov or via the comment
icon on the City website at https://www.sealbeachca.gov/Government/Agendas-
Notices-Meeting-Videos/Council-Commission-Meetings before 5:30pm on November 8,
2021.Comments provided via email by 5:30pm will be distributed to the City Council
and posted on the City website for review by the public.Email comments received after
that time will be posted on the City’s website and forwarded to the City Council after the
meeting.Any documents for review should be sent to the City Clerk prior to the meeting
for distribution.
Those members of the public wishing to call in can join the Zoom Meeting from any
electronic device by clicking the following
link:https://us02web.zoom.us/j/82168073337.You may also call in by dialing
1-669-900-9128##.Those members requesting to speak by phone or on Zoom can
unmute by entering *6 when called upon to speak.Once in the meeting,you will be
added to the Waiting Room until the Public Comment period begins.At that time,you
will be allowed to join the meeting to offer your comments.Commenters will be allotted
five (5)minutes to address the City Council.The ability to comment will be disabled
when your allotted time has expired.
CITY ATTORNEY REPORT Craig A.Steele,City Attorney
CITY MANAGER REPORT Jill R.Ingram,City Manager
COUNCIL COMMENTS
General Council Member comments and reporting pursuant to AB 1234.
COUNCIL ITEMS –None
CONSENT CALENDAR
Items on the consent calendar are considered to be routine and are enacted by a single
motion with the exception of items removed by Council Members.
A.Approval of the October 25,2021 City Council Minutes -That the City Council
approve the minutes of the Special City Council meeting and Regular City
Council meeting held on October 25,2021.
B.Demands on City Treasury (Fiscal Year 2022)–November 8,2021 -Receive
and file.
C.Reimbursement to Los Alamitos Unified School District for Half of the Cost
to Replace the Gym Floor at McGaugh Elementary -That the City Council
adopt Resolution 7213 approving reimbursement to Los Alamitos Unified School
District for half of the total cost of replacement of the McGaugh Elementary
gymnasium floor,including a 10%contingency,in the not-to-exceed amount of
$117,789.10,and approve budget amendment BA 22-05-01 appropriating funds
in the General Fund to pay for these costs.
D.Approving and Authorizing Amendment No.2 to the Professional Services
Agreement with NV5,Inc.for On-Call Professional Inspection Services
-That the City Council adopt Resolution 7214:1.Approving Amendment No.
2 to the Professional Services Agreement dated July 22,2019,as previously
amended by Amendment No.1 dated July 22,2019,with NV5,Inc.to increase
compensation by $225,000 for a revised total contract not-to-exceed amount of
$465,000 for additional on-call professional inspection services for the original
term,and increasing compensation by $280,000 for a revised total not-to-exceed
amount of $360,000 for each optional term extension;and,2.Authorizing the
City Manager to Execute Amendment No.2.
E.Approval of a Joint Agreement with the County of Orange for the new 800
MHz Countywide Coordinated Communication System (CCCS)-That the
City Council adopt Resolution 7215:1.Approving an agreement between the
City of Seal Beach and the County of Orange County for the 800 Megahertz
Countywide Coordinated Communications System,which serves as the
County's public safety radio system;and,2.Authorizing the City Manager to
execute the agreement.
F.Awarding and Authorizing a Professional Services Agreement for
Furnishing and Installation of SCADA Radios and Antennas -That the City
Council adopt Resolution 7216:1.Approving and awarding a Professional
Services Agreement with Applied Technology Group,Inc.in a not-to-exceed
amount of $72,963 to Furnish and Install SCADA Radios and Antennas;and,2.
Authorizing and directing the City Manager to execute the Agreement;and,3.
Authorizing the City Manager to approve additional work requests up to $7,000
in connection with Furnishing and Installation of SCADA Radios and Antennas.
G.Approving and Authorizing Amendment No.1 to the Professional Services
Agreement with B &B Nurseries,Inc.-That the City Council adopt Resolution
7217:1.Approving Budget Amendment 22-05-02 appropriating $43,707 in the
Special Projects Fund;and,2.Approving Amendment No.1 to the Professional
Services Agreement with B &B Nurseries,Inc.,for procurement and installation
of five Coastal Oak trees in Gum Grove Nature Park;and,2.Authorizing and
directing the City Manager to execute Amendment No.1.
H.Review and Determine that the City Council will Continue to Conduct
Public Meetings by Teleconference Pursuant to Government Code Section
54953(e)-The City Manager and City Attorney recommend that the City Council
determine that the City Council will continue to conduct public meetings by
teleconference pursuant to Government Code Section 54953(e),because in-
person meetings would present imminent risks to the health and safety of
attendees,and continue to review this matter periodically.
ITEMS REMOVED FROM THE CONSENT CALENDAR
PUBLIC HEARING –None
UNFINISHED /CONTINUED BUSINESS
I.Appointment of the Initial Five Members to the Board of Directors of the
Seal Beach Historic Resources Foundation -That the City Council approve
the appointment of the initial five members to the Board of Directors of the Seal
Beach Historic Resources Foundation.
NEW BUSINESS
J.Discussion regarding redistricting process for federal,state,and local
jurisdictions (2020 Census)
ADJOURNMENT
Adjourn the City Council to Monday,December 13,2021 at 5:30 p.m.to meet in closed
session,if deemed necessary.
Agenda Item A
AGENDA STAFF REPORT
DATE:November 8, 2021
TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council
THRU:Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
FROM:Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
SUBJECT:Approval of the October 25, 2021 City Council Minutes
________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF REQUEST:
That the City Council approve the minutes of the Special City Council meeting and
Regular City Council meeting held on October 25, 2021.
BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS:
This section does not apply.
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT:
There is no environmental impact related to this item.
LEGAL ANALYSIS:
No legal analysis is required for this item.
FINANCIAL IMPACT:
There is no financial impact for this item.
STRATEGIC PLAN:
This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan.
MEASURE BB:
This item is not applicable to Measure BB, the Seal Beach Neighborhood and
Essential Services Protection Measure.
Page 2
1
1
3
3
RECOMMENDATION:
That the City Council approve the minutes of the Special City Council meeting and
Regular City Council meeting held on October 25, 2021.
SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED:
Gloria D. Harper Jill R. Ingram
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
Prepared by: Dana Engstrom, Deputy City Clerk
ATTACHMENTS:
A. Minutes - Special City Council
B. Minutes - Regular Session
6
4
2
0
Seal Beach, California
October 25, 2021
The City Council met for a Special City Council meeting at 4:30 p.m. via teleconference.
ROLL CALL
Present: Mayor Kalmick
Council Members: Varipapa, Sustarsic, Massa-Lavitt, Moore
Absent: None
City Staff: Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
Patrick Gallegos, Assistant City Manager
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
Dana Engstrom, Deputy City Clerk
ORAL COMMUNICATIONS
Mayor Kalmick opened oral communications. City Clerk Harper announced that three (3)
supplemental communications were received. Mayor Kalmick then closed oral
communications.
PRESENTATION
A. Interview of the Potential Applicants for selection of the Initial Five (5) Board Members
to the Seal Beach Historic Resources Foundation.
The following seventeen (17) individuals were interviewed and Council Member questions
were addressed by the applicants.
1. Adams, Mechelle
2. Cohen, Robert
3. DeSanto, Christopher
4. Foster, Rick
5. Gibbons, Tom
6. Kranda, Nathan
7. Krueger, Lorenz (Larry)
8. Machen, Deb
9. Sandler, Emily Parris
10. Smith, Nancy
11. Stauffer, Linda
12. Strawther, Larry
13. Syrengelas, Dino
14. Villanueva, James
15. Ward, William
16. Way, Tim
17. Weir, Scott
6
4
2
0
ADJOURNMENT
Mayor Kalmick adjourned the Special City Council meeting at 6:00 p.m.
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
City of Seal Beach
Approved:
Joe Kalmick, Mayor
Attested:
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
Seal Beach, California
October 25, 2021
The City Council met in Regular Session at 7:04 p.m. via teleconference.
ROLL CALL
Present: Mayor Kalmick
Council Members: Varipapa, Moore, Sustarsic, Massa-Lavitt
Absent: None
City Staff: Craig A. Steele, City Attorney
Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
Patrick Gallegos, Assistant City Manager
Michael Henderson, Police Captain
Joe Bailey, Chief, Marine Safety Department
Barry Curtis, Interim Director of Community Development
Kelly Telford, Director of Finance/City Treasurer
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
Dana Engstrom, Deputy City Clerk
Iris Lee, Deputy Director of Public Works/City Engineer
Erik Miranda, Orange County Fire Authority
APPROVAL OF AGENDA & WAIVER OF FULL READING OF RESOLUTIONS AND
ORDINANCES
City Clerk Harper announced that four (4) supplemental communications were received
after posting of the agenda.
Council Member Moore pulled Item I from the consent calendar for separate
consideration.
Mayor Pro Tem Varipapa moved, second by Council Member Sustarsic, to approve the
agenda.
City Clerk Harper took a roll call vote to approve the agenda.
AYES: Kalmick, Moore, Sustarsic, Massa-Lavitt, Varipapa
NOES: None
ABSENT: None
ABSTAIN: None
Motion carried
PRESENTATIONS / RECOGNITIONS
Legislative Update – Assemblywoman Janet Nguyen
Southern California Edison Update
6
4
2
9
Construction Management Association of America (CMAA) Project Recognition
Awards: Seal Beach Pier Reconstruction Project
ORAL COMMUNICATIONS
Mayor Kalmick opened oral communications. City Clerk Harper announced that no email
comments were received. There were no callers on the line wishing to speak. Mayor
Kalmick then closed oral communications.
CITY ATTORNEY REPORT
City Attorney Steele had no items to report.
CITY MANAGER REPORT
City Manager Ingram introduced and provided background information on Alexa Smittle,
the newly appointed Community Development Director, who will begin on November 15,
2021. Ms. Smittle indicated that she is honored to serve the City of Seal Beach and
looks forward to years of good work with City Council, staff, the community, and the
businesses. Additionally, City Manager Ingram thanked Interim Community
Development Barry Curtis for his service, leadership, and dedication to the City of Seal
Beach over the past several months following the retirement of Community
Development Director Les Johnson. Mr. Curtis thanked City Manager Ingram and
Assistant City Manager Patrick Gallegos for the opportunity to serve the City and the
citizens of Seal Beach. He also congratulated the City on the appointment of Alexa
Smittle.
COUNCIL COMMENTS
Council Member Moore had no comments.
Council Member Sustarsic thanked all the applicants of the Historical Resources
Foundation that interviewed at the Special meeting tonight and noted that Seal Beach is
very lucky to have such a talented and energetic group of citizens who are willing to help
the City on this endeavor.
Mayor Pro Tem Varipapa expressed his appreciation for Interim Community Development
Director Barry Curtis’ service and stated that he is excited to meet new Community
Development Director Alexa Smittle.
Council Member Massa-Lavitt thanked Interim Community Development Director Barry
Curtis for his service and stated that she looks forward to working with Alexa Smittle.
Mayor Kalmick echoed the sentiments of his fellow Council Members thanking the
interview participants as well as Interim Community Development Director Barry Curtis
for his service and helping the City in so many ways. He also welcomed newly appointed
Community Development Director Alexa Smittle.
COUNCIL ITEMS
There were no council items.
6
4
2
9
CONSENT CALENDAR
Council Member Massa-Lavitt moved, second by Mayor Pro Tem Varipapa, to approve
the recommended actions on the consent calendar.
A. Approval of the October 11, 2021 City Council Minutes - That the City Council approve
the minutes of the Closed Session and the Regular City Council meeting held on October
11, 2021.
B. Demands on City Treasury (Fiscal Year 2022) – October 25, 2021 - Ratification.
C. Monthly Investment Report – September 30, 2021 - Receive and file.
D. Report of City Manager and Department Heads Authorized Contracts - That the City
Council receive and file the report.
E. Notice of Completion for the Almond Park Lighting Improvements Project, CIP PR2103
- That the City Council adopt Resolution 7204: 1. Accepting the Almond Park Lighting
Improvements Project, CIP PR2103, by ABM Industries, Inc. dba ABM Electrical &
Lighting Solutions Inc. (ABM) in the amount of $164,006.83; and, 2. Directing the City
Clerk to file a “Notice of Completion” with the Orange County Clerk-Recorder within fifteen
(15) days from the date of acceptance and to release retention 35 days after recordation
of the Notice of Completion contingent upon no claims being filed on the Project.
F. Approval of Master Equity Lease Agreement and Related Documents with Enterprise
Fleet Management, Inc. - That the City Council adopt Resolution 7205 to: 1. Approve
Budget Amendment BA 22-04-01 to appropriate $84,700 in the Vehicle Replacement
Internal Service Fund to account for lease and upfitting costs related to leasing 11
vehicles; and, 2. Approve and authorize the City Manager to execute a master equity
lease agreement with Enterprise Fleet Management, Inc.
G. Adopting City of Seal Beach Standard Plans, 2021 Editions for Water, Sewer and
Street Facilities - That the City Council take the following actions: 1. Adopt Resolution
7206: a) Adopting and approving the Standard Plans for Water Facilities, 2021 Edition,
for the City of Seal Beach, as the minimum standard to be followed for the permitting,
designing, and constructing of water facilities within the City of Seal Beach; and, b)
Authorizing the Director of Public Works to make changes to said publication as required
by new regulations on behalf of the City, and further authorizing the Director of Public
Works to adopt and approve on behalf of the City future Standard Plans editions and
amendments for water facilities as the minimum standard to be followed for the permitting,
designing, and constructing of water facilities in the City, and to safeguard the City’s water
infrastructure, and to protect public health and safety. 2. Adopt Resolution 7207: a)
Adopting and approving the Standard Plans for Sewer Facilities, 2021 Edition, for the City
of Seal Beach, as the minimum standard to be followed for the permitting, designing, and
constructing of sewer facilities within the City of Seal Beach; and, b) Authorizing the
Director of Public Works to make changes to said publication as required by new
regulations on behalf of the City, and further authorizing the Director of Public Works to
6
4
2
9
adopt and approve on behalf of the City future Standard Plans editions and amendments
for sewer facilities as the minimum standard to be followed for the permitting, designing,
and constructing of sewer facilities in the City, and to safeguard the City’s water
infrastructure, and to protect public health and safety. 3. Adopt Resolution 7208: a)
Adopting and approving the Standard Plans for Street Facilities, 2021 Edition, for the City
of Seal Beach, as the minimum standard to be followed for the permitting, designing, and
constructing of street facilities within the City of Seal Beach; and, b) Authorizing the
Director of Public Works to make changes to said publication as required by new
regulations on behalf of the City, and further authorizing the Director of Public Works to
adopt and approve on behalf of the City future Standard Plans editions and amendments
for street facilities as the minimum standard to be followed for the permitting, designing,
and constructing of street facilities in the City, and to safeguard the City’s street
infrastructure, and to protect public health and safety.
H. Awarding and Authorizing the City Manager to Execute Amendment No. 1 with So Cal
Land Maintenance, Inc. for Citywide Landscape Maintenance Services - That the City
Council adopt Resolution 7209: 1. Approving and awarding Amendment No. 1 for an
additional one-year term and increasing the Contractor’s compensation by $16,005 for
that one-year extension, for a total not-to-exceed compensation amount of $593,181.08
for the initial three-year term and the one-year extension; and, 2. Authorizing and directing
the City Manager to execute Amendment No. 1; and, 3. Authorizing the City Manager the
option to further extend the Agreement for a second one-year term, and to execute an
amendment memorializing the second extension.
I. Approving the Second Amendment to the Agreement for Solid Waste Handling Services
- That the City Council approve the Second Amendment to the Agreement for Solid Waste
Handling Services between the City of Seal Beach and Republic Services by adopting
Resolution 7210.
J. Approving and Authorizing Amendment No. 1 to the Professional Services Agreement
with Interwest Consulting Group, Inc. - That the City Council adopt Resolution 7211: 1.
Approving Amendment No. 1 to the Professional Services Agreement with Interwest
Consulting Group, Inc. to provide temporary staffing assistance services in the Public
Works Department; and, 2. Authorizing and directing the City Manager to execute
Amendment No. 1. K. Approval of Employment Agreement for Community Development
Director - That the City Council adopt Resolution 7212 approving the Employment
Agreement between the City of Seal Beach and Alexa Smittle to be the City of Seal Beach
Community Development Director and authorizing the City Manager to execute the
contract.
City Clerk Harper took a roll call vote to approve the consent calendar items.
AYES: Kalmick, Varipapa, Sustarsic, Moore, Massa-Lavitt
NOES: None
ABSENT: None
ABSTAIN: None
6
4
2
9
Motion carried
ITEMS REMOVED FROM CONSENT CALENDAR
I. Approving the Second Amendment to the Agreement for Solid Waste Handling Services
- That the City Council approve the Second Amendment to the Agreement for Solid Waste
Handling Services between the City of Seal Beach and Republic Services by adopting
Resolution 7210.
Assistant City Manager Gallegos provided a comprehensive review of the staff report and
introduced Area Manager - Municipal Sales, Manuel Gouveia, with Republic Services and
Senior Associate Haley Kunert with HF&H Consultants, who provided additional input and
responded to Council Members questions.
Council Member Massa-Lavitt moved, second by Mayor Pro Tem Varipapa to approve
Item I.
City Clerk Harper took a roll call vote to approve Item I.
AYES: Kalmick, Varipapa, Sustarsic, Moore, Massa-Lavitt
NOES: None
ABSENT: None
ABSTAIN: None
Motion carried
PUBLIC HEARING
There were no public hearing items.
UNFINISHED/CONTINUED BUSINESS
There were no unfinished/continued business items.
NEW BUSINESS
L. Review and Determine that the City Council will Continue to Conduct Public
Meetings by Teleconference Pursuant to Government Code Section 54953(e) - The
City Manager and City Attorney recommend that the City Council determine that the City
Council will continue to conduct public meetings by teleconference pursuant to
Government Code Section 54953(e), because in-person meetings would present
imminent risks to the health and safety of attendees, and continue to review this matter
periodically.
City Attorney Steele provided a comprehensive review of the staff report.
Council Member Massa-Lavitt moved, second by Mayor Pro Tem Varipapa, to approve
Item L.
City Clerk Harper took a roll call vote to approve Item L.
6
4
2
9
AYES: Kalmick, Varipapa, Sustarsic, Moore, Massa-Lavitt
NOES: None
ABSENT: None
ABSTAIN: None
Motion carried
STUDY SESSION
M. User and Regulatory Fee Study for Community Development and Public Works
- It is recommended that the Council: 1. Provide feedback on the proposed cost recovery
levels and fees for Community Development and Public Works; and, 2. Direct staff to
schedule a public hearing to formally consider adjustments to development-related user
and regulatory fees.
Director of Finance/City Treasurer Telford provided a brief background on the user and
regulatory fee update and introduced Terry Madsen, Principal Consultant with
ClearSource Financial Consulting, who discussed what a fee is, why cities charge fees
and proactively manage fees, how fees are established and modified, how costs of
services are derived, evaluating cost recovery, examples of recovery categories, cost
recovery performance, regional fee comparison, overall findings, and action requested.
Council Members questions were addressed.
Council Member Moore moved, second by Council Member Massa-Lavitt, to direct staff
to schedule a public hearing to formally consider adjustments to development-related
user and regulatory fees.
City Clerk Harper took a roll call vote to approve Item M.
AYES: Kalmick, Varipapa, Sustarsic, Moore, Massa-Lavitt
NOES: None
ABSENT: None
ABSTAIN: None
Motion carried
ADJOURNMENT
Mayor Kalmick adjourned the City Council meeting at 9:26 p.m., to Monday,
November 8, 2021, at 5:30 p.m. to meet in Closed Session if deemed necessary.
______________________
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
City of Seal Beach
6
4
2
9
Approved: ___________________________
Joe Kalmick, Mayor
Attested: ______________________
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
Agenda Item C
AGENDA STAFF REPORT
DATE: November 8, 2021
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council
THRU: Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
FROM: Steve Myrter, Director of Public Works
SUBJECT:Reimbursement to Los Alamitos Unified School District for
Half of the Cost to Replace the Gym Floor at McGaugh
Elementary
________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF REQUEST:
That the City Council adopt Resolution 7213 approving reimbursement to Los
Alamitos Unified School District for half of the total cost of replacement of the
McGaugh Elementary gymnasium floor, including a 10% contingency, in the not-
to-exceed amount of $117,789.10, and approve budget amendment BA 22-05-01
appropriating funds in the General Fund to pay for these costs.
BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS:
The City of Seal Beach currently utilizes the athletic gym located on the
McGaugh Elementary campus at 1698 Bolsa Avenue. The City’s use of the gym
is managed between the City and Los Alamitos Unified School District (LAUSD)
through a Joint Use Agreement. The City uses the gym during non-school hours
allowing for increased recreation opportunities to be offered to Seal Beach
residents. Some of the activities that take place in the gym are adult basketball,
youth basketball, open gym volleyball, youth volleyball and other various youth
programs.
The flooring inside the gym is plank wood which was installed when the gym was
built in the mid-1960’s. This type of material traditionally has a 30 to 40-year life
span based on the use. The City and LAUSD have regularly maintained the floor
by applying new varnish annually; however for the past 15 years the floor has not
been sanded as the wood planking is too thin and sanding would expose the
nails. Hence, the flooring is beyond its useful life and requires replacement.
Over the past three (3) years the City and LAUSD have discussed replacement
of the floor as part of the City and LAUSD Working Group. Through these
discussions, the City and the District have agreed to share the cost of the gym
floor at this facility since it is an asset to the City and LAUSD.
Page 2
On October 26, 2021, LAUSD approved an agreement with Pacific Flooring
Company, Inc. to replace the flooring within the gym. The total cost of
replacement is $214,162.00 plus a 10% contingency of $21,416.20 for a total
cost of $235,578.20. The City’s total share for replacement would be
$117,789.10. Both parties have met and conferred and have come to a mutual
agreement on shared costs and the Joint Use Agreement.
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT:
There is no environmental impact related to this item.
LEGAL ANALYSIS:
The City Attorney has reviewed and approved as to form.
FINANCIAL IMPACT:
The City’s total share for replacement of the gym floor is estimated to be
$117,789.10. The City is proposing BA 22-05-01 appropriating funds in the
General Fund to pay for the costs. The proposed budget amendment is as
follows:
Description Account
Revised/
Adopted
Budget
Proposed
Budget
Budget
Amendment
Intergovernmental 101-150-0019-51290 $ 201,600.00 $ 319,389.10 $ 117,789.10
STRATEGIC PLAN:
This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan.
MEASURE BB:
This item is not applicable to Measure BB, the Seal Beach Neighborhood and
Essential Services Protection Measure.
RECOMMENDATION:
That the City Council adopt Resolution 7213 approving reimbursement to Los
Alamitos Unified School District for half of the total cost of replacement of the
McGaugh Elementary gymnasium floor, including a 10% contingency, in the not-
to-exceed amount of $117,789.10, and approve budget amendment BA 22-05-01
appropriating funds in the General Fund to pay for these costs.
Page 3
SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED:
Steve Mryter Jill R. Ingram
Steve Myrter Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
Director of Public Works
Prepared by: Tim Kelsey, Recreation Manager
ATTACHMENTS:
A. Resolution 7213
RESOLUTION 7213
A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL
APPROVING THE EXPENDITURE OF $117,789.10 TO REIMBURSE LOS
ALAMITOS UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT FOR HALF OF THE TOTAL COST
PLUS CONTINGENCY TO REPLACE THE MCGAUGH GYM FLOOR
WHEREAS The City Council hereby approves the expenditure with the Los
Alamitos Unified School District for half of total cost to replace the McGaugh Gym
floor; and,
WHEREAS the McGaugh Gym is a valuable resource for recreation
opportunities to the community of Seal Beach; and,
WHEREAS the City of Seal Beach and the Los Alamitos Unified School
District have met and conferred as by the Joint Use Agreement and agreed to
share the expense of replacement of the floor 50/50; and,
WHEREAS the fiscal impact to the city will be $117,789.10.
THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL DOES HEREBY RESOLVE:
Section 1. Budget Amendment BA 22-05-01 is hereby approved, as follows:
Description
Account
Revised/
Adopted
Budget
Proposed
Budget
Budget
Amendment
Intergovernmental
101-150-0019-51290
$ 201,600.00
$ 319,389.10
$ 117,789.10
Section 2. The Council hereby authorizes the City Manager or her designee to
remit payment on behalf of the City of Seal Beach to Los Alamitos Unified School
District for half the cost of replacement of the McGaugh gym floor, including a 10%
contingency, in the not-to-exceed amount of $117,789.10.
PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a
regular meeting held on the 8th day of November, 2021 by the following vote:
AYES: Council Members
NOES: Council Members
ABSENT: Council Members
ABSTAIN: Council Members
Joe Kalmick, Mayor
ATTEST:
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
STATE OF CALIFORNIA }
COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS
CITY OF SEAL BEACH }
I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the
foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7213 on file in the office of
the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular
meeting held on the 8th day of November, 2021.
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
Agenda Item D
AGENDA STAFF REPORT
DATE:November 8, 2021
TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council
THRU:Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
FROM:Steve Myrter, P.E., Director of Public Works
SUBJECT:Approving and Authorizing Amendment No. 2 to the
Professional Services Agreement with NV5, Inc. for On-Call
Professional Inspection Services
________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF REQUEST:
That the City Council adopt Resolution 7214:
1. Approving Amendment No. 2 to the Professional Services Agreement dated
July 22, 2019, as previously amended by Amendment No. 1 dated July 22,
2019, with NV5, Inc. to increase compensation by $225,000 for a revised
total contract not-to-exceed amount of $465,000 for additional on-call
professional inspection services for the original term, and increasing
compensation by $280,000 for a revised total not-to-exceed amount of
$360,000 for each optional term extension; and,
2. Authorizing the City Manager to Execute Amendment No. 2.
BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS:
The City has a robust capital improvement, development services, and interagency
coordination program that requires on-going inspection services to support
demand and ensure construction work complies with design requirements and City
standards. The City entered into a three-year on-call professional services
agreement (Agreement) with NV5, Inc. (NV5) on July 22, 2019 in response to this
need. Amendment No. 1 was also approved on the same night that clarified the
Agreement’s indemnification obligations. While the City has entered into
agreements with other consultants to provide similar services, NV5 became the
City’s primary Public Works inspector in 2021 for capital improvement projects,
Orange County Sanitation District (OC San) Westminster Force Main, I-405
Improvement Project (I-405), and various development permits. Given the
magnitude of these efforts, the Agreement’s $240,000 compensation limit is close
to being fully encumbered.
Page 2
1
1
3
0
The I-405 and OC San interagency projects have increased their respective
construction activities in recent years. Staff anticipates additional inspection needs
beyond those generally required for the City’s capital and development efforts. As
such, NV5 submitted a letter proposal to continue providing as-needed
professional inspection services for an additional $225,000 for a total Agreement
not-to-exceed amount of $465,000 for the original term. This amount was
calculated based on average monthly inspection needs forecasted to the end of
the Agreement’s original term, which is slated to expire July 22, 2022. Should the
City elect to extend the original Agreement, it is recommended to increase each
one-year extension total not-to-exceed amount to $360,000. All other terms in the
Agreement will remain unaltered.
It should be noted that I-405, OC San, and development permit-related
expenditures will be reimbursed by the respective agency or applicant. This
reimbursable amount is estimated to be 70 percent of the overall inspection needs.
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT:
This item is not subject to the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”)
pursuant to Section 15061(b)(3) of the state CEQA Guidelines because it can be
seen with certainty that approval of Amendment No. 2 to the Professional Services
Agreement with NV5, Inc. will not have a significant effect on the environment.
LEGAL ANALYSIS:
The City Attorney has approved the agreement and resolution as to form.
FINANCIAL IMPACT:
The approval of the proposed Amendment No. 2 does not directly appropriate or
expend funds. Services performed by NV5, Inc. under this Agreement will be used
to the extent of available funding in the applicable budget accounts.
STRATEGIC PLAN:
This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan.
MEASURE BB:
This item is not applicable to Measure BB, the Seal Beach Neighborhood and
Essential Services Protection Measure.
RECOMMENDATION:
That the City Council adopt Resolution 7214:
Page 3
1
1
3
0
1. Approving Amendment No. 2 to the Professional Services Agreement dated
July 22, 2019, as previously amended by Amendment No. 1 dated July 22,
2019, with NV5, Inc. to increase compensation by $225,000 for a revised
total contract not-to-exceed amount of $465,000 for additional on-call
professional inspection services for the original term, and increasing
compensation by $280,000 for a revised total not-to-exceed amount of
$360,000 for each optional term extension; and,
2. Authorizing the City Manager to Execute Amendment No. 2.
SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED:
Steve Myrter Jill R. Ingram
Steve Myrter, P.E., Director of
Public Works
Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
Prepared by: Iris Lee, Deputy Public Works Director/City Engineer
ATTACHMENTS:
A. Resolution 7214
B. Agreement and Amendment No. 1 with NV5, Inc.
C. Amendment No. 2 with NV5, Inc.
RESOLUTION 7214
A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL
APPROVING AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO
EXECUTE AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE PROFESSIONAL
SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH NV5, INC. FOR ON-CALL
PROFESSIONAL INSPECTION SERVICES
WHEREAS, the City has a robust capital improvement, development services, and
interagency coordination program that requires on-call professional inspection services;
and,
WHEREAS, on July 22, 2019, City Council adopted Resolution 6934 approving a
Professional Services Agreement (Agreement) with NV5, Inc. (NV5) in the amount of
$240,000 for the Original Term, and $80,000 for each optional term extension, to provide
On-Call Professional Inspection Services; and,
WHEREAS, on July 22, 2019, the City also entered into Amendment No. 1 of the
Agreement with NV5 to clarify the contract indemnification obligations; and,
WHEREAS, the due to the City’s on-going professional inspection services needs, the
amount authorized under the current Agreement with NV5 for is close to being fully
encumbered; and,
WHEREAS, the City and NV5 desire to increase the Agreement compensation limit.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL DOES HEREBY RESOLVE:
Section 1. The City Council hereby approves Amendment No. 2 dated November
8, 2021 to the Agreement dated July 22, 2019, as previously amended
by Amendment No. 1 dated July 22, 2019, between the City of Seal
Beach and NV5, Inc. to increase NV5’s compensation by $225,000 for a
revised total contract not-to-exceed amount of $465,000 for the Original
Term, and increase NV5’s compensation by $280,000 for a revised not-
to-exceed amount of $360,000 for each term extension, attached hereto
as Exhibit A-2 to Amendment No. 2 and incorporated herein by this
reference as though set forth in full.
Section 2. The City Council hereby authorizes and directs the City Manager to
execute Amendment No. 2.
6
3
9
1
PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular
meeting held on the 8th day of November, 2021 by the following vote:
AYES: Council Members
NOES: Council Members
ABSENT: Council Members
ABSTAIN: Council Members
Joe Kalmick, Mayor
ATTEST:
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
STATE OF CALIFORNIA }
COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS
CITY OF SEAL BEACH }
I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the
foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7214 on file in the office of the City
Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on
the 8th day of November, 2021.
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
for
On -Call Professional Inspection Services
between
City of Seal Beach
211 - 8th Street
Seal Beach, CA 90740
N
NV5, Inc.
9890 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618
949) 585-0477
This Addendum No. 1, dated July 22, 2019, amends that certain Professional Services
Agreement ("Agreement') dated July 22, 2019, between NV5, Inc. ("Consultant"), a
California corporation and the City of Seal Beach ("City"), a California charter city,
collectively, "the Parties").
RECITALS
A. City and Consultant are parties to the Agreement, pursuant to which City
retained Consultant to provide certain professional inspection services to City.
B. City and Consultant desire to amend the Agreement pursuant to this Addendum
to correct a clerical error in Section 16.0 of the Agreement with regard to the
indemnification obligations of Consultant under the Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the Parties' performance of the
promises, covenants, and conditions stated herein, the Parties hereto agree as
follows.
ADDENDUM
Section 1. Section 16.1 of the Agreement is hereby deleted and the
following provision substituted in its place:
16.1. Indemnity for Professional Services. To the fullest extent permitted by
law, Consultant shall, at its sole cost and expense, defend, indemnify and
hold harmless the City, its elected officials, officers, attorneys, agents,
employees, designated volunteers, successors, assigns and those City
agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials
collectively "Indemnitees" in this Section 16.0), from and against any and all
damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action,
proceedings, judgments, penalties, liens, and losses of any nature
whatsoever, including fees of accountants and other professionals, and all
costs associated therewith, and reimbursement of attorneys' fees and costs of
defense (collectively "Claims"), whether actual, alleged or threatened, which
arise out of, pertain to, or relate to, in whole or in part, the negligence,
recklessness or willful misconduct of Consultant, and/or its officers, agents,
servants, employees, subcontractors, contractors or their officers, agents,
servants or employees (or any entity or individual that Consultant shall bear
the legal liability thereof) in the performance of professional services under
this Agreement. Consultant shall defend the Indemnitees in any action or
actions filed in connection with any Claims with counsel of the Indemnitees'
choice, and shall pay all costs and expenses, including all attorneys' fees and
experts' costs actually incurred in connection with such defense. Consultant
shall reimburse the Indemnitees for any and all legal expenses and costs
incurred by the Indemnitees in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the
foregoing and as required by Civil Code § 2782.8(a), in no event shall the
cost to defend the Indemnitees that is charged to Consultant exceed
Consultant's proportionate percentage of fault.
Section 2. Section 16.2 of the Agreement is hereby deleted and the
following provision substituted in its place:
Page 2 of 4
16.2. Other Indemnitees. Other than in the performance of professional
services, and to the fullest extent permitted by law, Consultant shall, at its
sole cost and expense, protect, defend, hold harmless and indemnify the
Indemnitees from and against any and all damages, costs, expenses,
liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, proceedings, judgments,
penalties, liens and losses of any nature whatsoever, including fees of
accountants, attorneys and other professionals, and all costs associated
therewith, and the payment of all consequential damages (collectively
Damages"), in law or equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, which
arise out of, pertain to, or relate to the acts or omissions of Consultant, its
officers, agents, servants, employees, subcontractors, materialmen,
suppliers, or contractors, or their officers, agents, servants or employees (or
any entity or individual that Consultant shall bear the legal liability thereof) in
the performance of this Agreement, including the Indemnitees' active or
passive negligence, except for Damages arising from the sole negligence or
willful misconduct of the Indemnitees, as determined by final arbitration or
court decision or by the agreement of the Parties. Consultant shall defend the
Indemnitees in any action or actions filed in connection with any Damages
with counsel of the Indemnitees' choice, and shall pay all costs and
expenses, including all attorneys' fees and experts' costs actually incurred in
connection with such defense. Consultant shall reimburse the Indemnitees for
any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by the Indemnitees in
connection therewith."
Section 3. Except as expressly modified or supplemented by this
Addendum No. 1, all other provisions of the Agreement shall remain unaltered and
in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this
Addendum No. 1 and the provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of this
Addendum No. 1 shall control.
Section 4. This Addendum No. 1 shall be effective on July 22, 2019.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, through their respective
authorized representatives have executed this Addendum No. 1 as of the date and
year first above written.
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF SACH
By: Alni
Ingram, Ci
Attest:
By: r .
loria D. Haro*,
Approved asjq Forrry?
0
Steele, City Attorney
CONSULTANT: NV5, Inc., a California
corporation
By:
04111 --
Name: se .ate rd1 , coo lei. PE
Please note, two signatures required for
corporations under Corp. Code § 313, unless
corporate documents authorize only one person
to sign this Agreement on behalf of the
corporation.)
Page 4 of 4
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
for
On -Call Professional Inspection Services
between
City of Seal Beach
211 - 8th Street
Seal Beach, CA 90740
0
NV5, Inc.
9890 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618
949) 585-0477
This Professional Service Agreement ("the Agreement") is made as of July 22, 2019
the "Effective Date"), by and between NV5, Inc. ("Consultant"), a Corporation and the
City of Seal Beach ("City"), a California charter city, (collectively, "the Parties").
1 of 14
RECITALS
A. City desires certain professional services.
B. Pursuant to the authority provided by its City Charter and Seal Beach
Municipal Code § 3.20.025(C), City desires to engage Consultant to provide
Professional Engineering services in the manner set forth herein and more
fully described in Section 1.0.
C. Consultant represents that the principal members of its firm are
qualified professionals and are fully qualified to perform the services
contemplated by this Agreement in a good and professional manner; and it
desires to perform such services as provided herein.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the Parties' performance of the
promises, covenants, and conditions stated herein, the Parties hereto agree
as follows.
AGREEMENT
1.0 Scope of Services
1. 1. Consultant shall provide those services ("Services") set forth in the
attached Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated by this reference. To the extent
that there is any conflict between Exhibit A and this Agreement, this Agreement
shall control.
1.2. Consultant shall perform all Services under this Agreement in
accordance with the standard of care generally exercised by like professionals
under similar circumstances and in a manner reasonably satisfactory to City.
1.3. In performing this Agreement, Consultant shall comply with all
applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law.
1.4. As a material inducement to City to enter into this Agreement,
Consultant hereby represents that it has the experience necessary to undertake
the Services to be provided. In light of such status and experience, Consultant
hereby covenants that it shall follow the customary professional standards in
performing all Services. The City relies upon the skill of Consultant, and
Consultant's staff, if any, to do and perform the Services in a skillful, competent,
and professional manner, and Consultant and Consultant's staff, shall perform
the Services in such manner. Consultant shall, at all times, meet or exceed any
and all applicable professional standards of care. The acceptance of
Consultant's work by the City shall not operate as a release of Consultant from
such standard of care and workmanship.
2of14
1.5. Consultant will not be compensated for any work performed not
specified in the Scope of Services unless the City authorizes such work in
advance and in writing. The City Manager may authorize extra work to fund
unforeseen conditions up to the amount approved at the time of award by the
City Council. Payment for additional work in excess of this amount requires prior
City Council authorization.
2.0 Term
2.1. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective
Date and shall continue for a term of three (3) years ("Original Term") and shall
expire at midnight on July 22, 2022, unless sooner terminated or extended as
provided by this Agreement.
2.2. The City, at its sole option, may elect to extend the Original Term of
this Agreement, upon the same terms and conditions, for up to two (2) additional
terms of one year each ("extension"), by providing written notice to Contractor at
least one month prior to the expiration of an existing term. If timely elected by the
City, the first extension shall have a term extending from July 22, 2022 through
and including July 22, 2023, unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to
this Agreement. If timely elected by the City, the second extension shall be from
July 22, 2023 through and including July 22, 2024, unless sooner terminated
pursuant to this Agreement. Any extension shall not be effective except upon
execution of a written amendment to this Agreement signed by the City Manager
and Contractor's authorized representatives.
3. 0 Consultant's Compensation
3.1. City will pay Consultant in accordance with the hourly rates shown
on the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit A for Services but in no event will the City
pay more than the total not -to -exceed amount of $240,000 for the Original Term.
3.2. In the event that City elects to extend the Original Term in
accordance with Section 2.2 of this Agreement, City will pay Consultant in
accordance with the hourly rates shown on the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit A
for Services but in no event will the City pay more than the total not -to -exceed
amount of $80,000 for each extension.
3.3. Consultant will not be compensated for any work performed not
specified in the Scope of Services unless the City authorizes such work in
advance and in writing. The City Manager may authorize extra work to fund
unforeseen conditions up to the amount approved at the time of award by the
City Council. Payment for additional work in excess of this amount requires prior
City Council authorization. Any additional work authorized by the City Council
pursuant to this Section will be compensated in accordance with the fee
schedule set forth in Exhibit A.
3of14
4.0 Method of Payment
4.1. Consultant shall submit to City monthly invoices for all Services
rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Such invoices shall be submitted within 15
days of the end of the month during which the Services were rendered and shall
describe in detail the Services rendered during the period, the days worked,
number of hours worked, the hourly rates charged, and the Services performed
for each day in the period. City will pay Consultant within 30 days of receiving
Consultant's invoice. City will not withhold any applicable federal or state payroll
and other required taxes, or other authorized deductions from payments made to
Consultant.
4.2. Upon 24-hour notice from City, Consultant shall allow City or City's
agents or representatives to inspect at Consultant's offices during reasonable
business hours all records, invoices, time cards, cost control sheets and other
records maintained by Consultant in connection with this Agreement. City's rights
under this Section 4.2 shall survive for two years following the termination of this
Agreement.
5.0 Termination
5.1. This Agreement may be terminated by City, without cause, or by
Consultant based on reasonable cause, upon giving the other party written notice
thereof not less than 30 days prior to the date of termination.
5.2. This Agreement may be terminated by City upon 10 days' notice to
Consultant if Consultant fails to provide satisfactory evidence of renewal or
replacement of comprehensive general liability insurance as required by this
Agreement at least 20 days before the expiration date of the previous policy.
6.0 Party Representatives
6.1. The City Manager is the City's representative for purposes of this
Agreement.
6.2. Peter Salgado is the Consultant's primary representative for
purposes of this Agreement. Peter Salgado shall be responsible during the term
of this Agreement for directing all activities of Consultant and devoting sufficient
time to personally supervise the Services hereunder. Consultant may not
change:. its representative without the prior written approval of City, which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
7.0 Notices
7.1. All notices permitted or required under this Agreement shall be
deemed made when personally delivered or when mailed 48 hours after deposit
4of14
in the United States Mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to the party
at the following addresses:
To City: City of Seal Beach
211 -8th Street
Seal Beach, California 90740
Attn: City Manager
To Consultant: NV5, Inc.
9890 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618
Attn: Peter Salgado
7.2. Actual notice shall be deemed adequate notice on the date actual
notice occurred, regardless of the method of service.
8.0 Independent Contractor
8.1. Consultant is an independent contractor and not an employee of
the City. All work or other Services provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be
performed by Consultant or by Consultant's employees or other personnel under
Consultant's supervision, and Consultant and all of Consultant's personnel shall
possess the qualifications, permits, and licenses required by State and local law
to perform such Services, including, without limitation, a City of Seal Beach
business license as required by the Seal Beach Municipal Code. Consultant will
determine the means, methods, and details by which Consultant's personnel will
perform the Services. Consultant shall be solely responsible for the satisfactory
work performance of all personnel engaged in performing the Services and
compliance with the customary professional standards.
8.2. All of Consultant's employees and other personnel performing any
of the Services under this Agreement on behalf of Consultant shall also not be
employees of City and shall at all times be under Consultant's exclusive direction
and control. Consultant and Consultant's personnel shall not supervise any of
City's employees; and City's employees shall not supervise Consultant's
personnel. Consultant's personnel shall not wear or display any City uniform,
badge, identification number, or other information identifying such individual as
an employee of City; and Consultant's personnel shall not use any City e-mail
address or City telephone number in the performance of any of the Services
under this Agreement. Consultant shall acquire and maintain at its sole cost and
expense such vehicles, equipment and supplies as Consultant's personnel
require to perform any of the Services required by this Agreement. Consultant
shall perform all Services off of City premises at locations of Consultant's choice,
except as otherwise may from time to time be necessary in order for Consultant's
personnel to receive projects from City, review plans on file at City, pick up or
deliver any work product related to Consultant's performance of any Services
5of14
under this Agreement, or as may be necessary to inspect or visit City locations
and/or private property to perform such Services. City may make a computer
available to Consultant from time to time for Consultant's personnel to obtain
information about or to check on the status of projects pertaining to the Services
under this Agreement.
8.3. Consultant shall be responsible for and pay all wages, salaries,
benefits and other amounts due to Consultant's personnel in connection with
their performance of any Services under this Agreement and as required by law.
Consultant shall be responsible for all reports and obligations respecting such
additional personnel, including, but not limited to: Social Security taxes, other
retirement or pension benefits, income tax withholding, unemployment insurance,
disability insurance, and workers' compensation insurance. Notwithstanding any
other agency, State, or federal policy, rule, regulation, statute or ordinance to the
contrary, Consultant and any of its officers, employees, agents, and
subcontractors providing any of the Services under this Agreement shall not
become entitled to, and hereby waive any claims to, any wages, salaries,
compensation, benefit or any incident of employment by City, including but not
limited to, eligibility to enroll in, or reinstate to membership, in, the California
Public Employees Retirement System ("PERS") as an employee of City, and
entitlement to any contribution to be paid by City for employer contributions or
employee contributions for PERS benefits.
8.4. Consultant shall indemnify and hold harmless City and its elected
officials, officers, employees, servants, designated volunteers, and agents
serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, from any and all
liability, damages, claims, costs and expenses of any nature to the extent arising
from Consultant's personnel practices. City shall have the right to offset against
the amount of any fees due to Consultant under this Agreement any amount due
to City from Consultant as a result of Consultant's failure to promptly pay to City
any reimbursement or indemnification arising under this Section. This duty of
indemnification is in addition to Consultant's duty to defend, indemnify and hold
harmless as set forth in Sections 9.0 and 16.0 of this Agreement.
9.0 PERS Compliance and Indemnification
9.1. General Requirements. The parties acknowledge that City is a local
agency member of PERS, and as such has certain pension contributions to
PERS on behalf of qualifying employees. In providing its employees and any
other personnel to perform any work or other Services under this Agreement,
Consultant shall assure compliance with the Public Employees' Retirement Law,
commencing at Government Code § 20000, the regulations of PERS, and the
Public Employees' Pension Reform Act of 2013, as amended. Without limitation
to the foregoing, Consultant shall assure compliance with regard to personnel
who have active or inactive membership in PERS and to those who are retired
6of14
annuitants and shall not assign or utilize any personnel in a manner that will
cause City to be in violation of the applicable retirement laws and regulations.
9.2. Indemnification. In the event that Consultant or any of its officers,
employees, agents, or subcontractors providing any of the Services under this
Agreement, is determined by a final enforceable decision of a court of competent
jurisdiction or by PERS to be a common law employee of City, to be eligible for
enrollment in PERS as an employee of City, or to be reinstated from PERS
retirement as an employee of City, Consultant shall defend ( with legal counsel
approved by City, whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), indemnify
and hold harmless City for the payment of any employee and/or employer
contributions for PERS benefits on behalf of Consultant or its officers,
employees, agents or subcontractors, as well as for the payment of penalties and
interest on such contributions, and any other any fees, fines, reimbursements,
losses, or other monetary damages of any kind whatsoever that is claimed,
asserted, or alleged, which would otherwise be the responsibility of City. This
duty of indemnification is in addition to Consultant's duty to defend, indemnify
and hold harmless as set forth in Sections 8.0 and 16.0 of this Agreement.
10.0 Confidentiality
Consultant covenants that all data, documents, discussion, or other information
developed or received by Consultant or provided for performance of this
Agreement are deemed confidential and shall not be disclosed by Consultant
without prior written authorization by City. City shall grant such authorization if
applicable law requires disclosure. All City data shall be returned to City upon
the termination of this Agreement. Consultant's covenant under this Section
shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
11.0 Subcontractors
No portion of this Agreement shall be subcontracted without the prior written
approval of the City. Consultant is fully responsible to City for the performance
of any and all subcontractors.
12.0 Assignment
Consultant shall not assign or transfer any interest in this Agreement whether by
assignment or novation, without the prior written consent of City. Any purported
assignment without such consent shall be void and without effect.
13.0 Inspection and Audit of Records
Consultant shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to all
Services and other matters covered under this Agreement, including but
expressly not limited to, all Services performed, salaries, wages, invoices, time
cards, cost control sheets, costs, expenses, receipts and other records with
7of14
respect to this Agreement. Consultant shall maintain adequate records on the
Services provided in sufficient detail to permit an evaluation of all Services in
connection therewith. All such records shall be clearly identified and readily
accessible. At all times during regular business hours, Consultant shall provide
City with free access to such records, and the right to examine and audit the
same and to make copies and transcripts as City deems necessary, and shall
allow inspection of all program data, information, documents, proceedings and
activities and all other matters related to the performance of the Services under
this Agreement. Consultant shall retain all financial and program service
records and all other records related to the Services and performance of this
Agreement for at least three (3) years after expiration, termination or final
payment under this Agreement, whichever occurs later. City's rights under this
Section 12.0 shall survive for three (3) years after expiration, termination or
final payment under this Agreement, whichever occurs later.
14.0 Safety Requirements
All work performed under this Agreement shall be performed in such a manner
as to provide safety to the public and to meet or exceed the safety standards
outlined by CAL OSHA. The City may issue restraint or cease and desist orders
to Consultant when unsafe or harmful acts are observed or reported relative to
the performance of the Services. Consultant shall maintain the work sites free of
hazards to persons and property resulting from its operations. Consultant shall
immediately report to the City any hazardous condition noted by Contractor.
15.0 Insurance
15.1. Consultant shall not commence work under this Agreement until it
has provided evidence satisfactory to the City that Consultant has secured all
insurance required under this Section. Consultant shall furnish City with original
certificates of insurance and endorsements effecting coverage required by this
Agreement on forms satisfactory to the City. The certificates and endorsements
for each insurance policy shall be signed by a person authorized by that insurer
to bind coverage on its behalf, and shall be on forms provided by the City if
requested. All certificates and endorsements shall be received and approved by
the City before work commences. The City reserves the right to require complete,
certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time.
15.2. Consultant shall, at its expense, procure and maintain for the
duration of the Agreement, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or
damages to property that may arise from or in connection with the performance
of this Agreement. Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M.
Best's rating no less than A:VIII, licensed to do business in California, and
satisfactory to the City. Coverage shall be at least as broad as the latest
version of the following: (
1) General Liability:
Insurance Services Office
Commercial General Liability coverage (occurrence form CG 0001); (2)
Automobile Liability: Insurance Services Office Business Auto Coverage form
8of14
number CA 0001, code 1 (any auto);
and, if required by the City, (
3)
Professional Liability. Consultant shall maintain limits no less than: (1) General
Liability: $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and
property damage and if Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form
with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall
apply separately to this Agreement/location or the general aggregate limit shall
be twice the required occurrence limit; (2) Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 per
accident for bodily injury and property damage; and (3) Professional Liability:
1,000,000 per claim/aggregate.
15.3. The insurance policies shall contain the following provisions, or
Consultant shall provide endorsements on forms supplied or approved by the
City to state: (1) coverage shall not be suspended, voided, reduced or canceled
except after 30 days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt
requested, has been given to the City; (2) any failure to comply with reporting or
other provisions of the policies, including breaches of warranties, shall not
affect coverage provided to the City, its directors, officials, officers, (3) coverage
shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its directors, officials, officers,
employees, agents and volunteers, or if excess, shall stand in an unbroken chain
of coverage excess of the Consultant's scheduled underlying coverage and that
any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its directors, officials,
officers, employees, agents and volunteers shall be excess of the Consultant's
insurance and shall not be called upon to contribute with it; (4) for general liability
insurance, that the City, its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents and
volunteers shall be covered as additional insureds with respect to the services or
operations performed by or on behalf of the Consultant, including materials, parts
or equipment furnished in connection with such work; and (5) for automobile
liability, that the City, its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents and
volunteers shall be covered as additional insureds with respect to the ownership,
operation, maintenance, use, loading or unloading of any auto owned, leased,
hired or borrowed by the Consultant or for which the Consultant is responsible.
15.4. All insurance required by this Section shall contain standard
separation of insureds provisions and shall not contain any special limitations on
the scope of protection afforded to the City,
its directors, officials, officers,
employees, agents, and volunteers.
15.5. Any deductibles or self-insured retentions shall be declared to and
approved by the City. Consultant guarantees that, at the option of the City, either:
1) the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured
retentions as respects the City,
its directors, officials, officers, employees,
agents, and volunteers; or (2) the Consultant shall procure a bond guaranteeing
payment of losses and related investigation costs, claims and administrative and
defense expenses.
9of14
16.0 Indemnification, Hold Harmless, and Duty to Defend
16.1. Indemnity for Design Professional Services. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, Consultant shall, at its sole cost and expense, indemnify and
hold harmless the City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of
City officials (collectively "Indemnitees" in this Section 16.0), from and against
any and all damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of
action, proceedings, judgments, penalties, liens, and losses of any nature
whatsoever, including fees of accountants and other professionals, and all costs
associated therewith, and reimbursement of attorneys' fees and costs of defense
collectively "Claims"), whether actual, alleged or threatened, which arise out of,
pertain to, or relate to, in whole or in part, the negligence, recklessness or willful
misconduct of Consultant , and/or its officers, agents, servants, employees,
subcontractors, contractors or their officers, agents, servants or employees (or
any entity or individual that Consultant shall bear the legal liability thereof) in the
performance of design professional services under this Agreement by a "design
professional," as the term is defined under California Civil Code § 2782.8(c).
16.2. Other Indemnitees. Other than in the performance of design
professional services, and to the fullest extent permitted by law, Consultant shall,
at its sole cost and expense, protect, defend, hold harmless and indemnify the
Indemnitees from and against any and all damages, costs, expenses, liabilities,
claims, demands, causes of action, proceedings, judgments, penalties, liens and
losses of any nature whatsoever, including fees of accountants, attorneys and
other professionals, and all costs associated therewith, and the payment of all
consequential damages (collectively "Damages"), in law or equity, whether
actual, alleged or threatened, which arise out of, pertain to, or relate to the acts
or omissions of Consultant, its officers, agents, servants, employees,
subcontractors, materialmen, suppliers, or contractors, or their officers, agents,
servants or employees (or any entity or individual that Consultant shall bear the
legal liability thereof) in the performance of this Agreement, including the
Indemnitees' active or passive negligence, except for Damages arising from the
sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees, as determined by final
arbitration or court decision or by the agreement of the Parties. Consultant shall
defend the Indemnitees in any action or actions filed in connection with any
Damages with counsel of the Indemnitees' choice, and shall pay all costs and
expenses, including all attorneys' fees and experts' costs actually incurred in
connection with such defense. Consultant shall reimburse the Indemnitees for
any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by the Indemnitees in connection
therewith.
16.3. Subcontractor Indemnification. Consultant shall obtain executed
indemnity agreements with provisions identical to those in this Section 16.0 from
each and every subcontractor or any other person or entity involved by, for, with
or on behalf of Consultant in the performance of this Agreement. If Consultant
fails to obtain such indemnities, Consultant shall be fully responsible and
10 of 14
indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Indemnitees from and against any and
all Claims in law or equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, which arise out
of, are claimed to arise out of, pertain to, or relate to the acts or omissions of
Consultant's subcontractor, its officers, agents, servants, employees,
subcontractors, materialmen, contractors or their officers, agents, servants or
employees (or any entity or individual that Consultant's subcontractor shall bear
the legal liability thereof) in the performance of this Agreement, including the
Indemnitees' active or passive negligence, except for Claims or Damages arising
from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees, as determined
by final arbitration or court decision or by the agreement of the Parties.
16.4. The obligations of Consultant under this or any other provision of
this Agreement shall not be limited by the provisions of any workers'
compensation act or similar act. Consultant expressly waives any statutory
immunity under such statutes or laws as to the Indemnitees. Consultant's
indemnity obligation set forth in this Section 16.0 shall not be limited by the limits
of any policies of insurance required or provided by Consultant pursuant to this
Agreement.
16.5. Consultant's covenants under this Section 16.0 shall survive the
expiration or termination of this Agreement.
17.0 Equal Opportunity
Consultant affirmatively represents that it is an equal opportunity employer.
Consultant shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee, or
applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin,
handicap, ancestry, sex, sexual orientation, or age. Such non-discrimination
includes, but is not limited to, all activities related to initial employment,
upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff, or
termination.
18.0 Labor Certification
By its signature hereunder, Consultant certifies that it is aware of the provisions
of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code that require every employer to be
insured against liability for Workers' Compensation or to undertake self-insurance
in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and agrees to comply with such
provisions before commencing the performance of the Services.
19.0 Prevailing Wage and Payroll Records
If this Agreement calls for services that, in whole or in part, constitute "public
works" as defined in the California Labor Code, then Consultant shall comply in
all respects with all applicable provisions of the California Labor Code,
including those set forth in Exhibit B, attached hereto and incorporated by
reference herein.
11 of 14
20.0 Entire Agreement
This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings, or
agreements. This Agreement may only be modified by a writing signed by both
parties.
21.0 Severability
The invalidity in whole or in part of any provisions of this Agreement shall not
void or affect the validity of the other provisions of this Agreement.
22.0 Governing Law
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of California.
23.0 No Third Party Rights
No third party shall be deemed to have any rights hereunder against either party
as a result of this Agreement.
24.0 Waiver
No waiver of any default shall constitute a waiver of any other default or breach,
whether of the same or other covenant or condition. No waiver, benefit, privilege,
or service voluntarily given or performed by a party shall give the other party any
contractual rights by custom, estoppel, or otherwise.
25.0 Prohibited Interests; Conflict of Interest
25.1. Consultant covenants that it presently has no interest and shall not
acquire any interest, direct or indirect, which may be affected by the Services, or
which would conflict in any manner with the performance of the Services.
Consultant further covenants that, in performance of this Agreement, no person
having any such interest shall be employed by it. Furthermore, Consultant shall
avoid the appearance of having any interest, which would conflict in any manner
with the performance of the Services. Consultant shall not accept any
employment or representation during the term of this Agreement which is or may
likely make Consultant "financially interested" (as provided in California
Government Code §§ 1090 and 87100) in any decision made by City on any
matter in connection with which Consultant has been retained.
25.2. Consultant further warrants and maintains that it has not employed
or retained any person or entity, other than a bona fide employee working
12 of 14
exclusively for Consultant, to solicit or obtain this Agreement. Nor has Consultant
paid or agreed to pay any person or entity, other than a bona fide employee
working exclusively for Consultant, any fee, commission, gift, percentage, or any
other consideration contingent upon the execution of this Agreement. Upon any
breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right, at its sole and
absolute discretion, to terminate this Agreement without further liability, or to
deduct from any sums payable to Consultant hereunder the full amount or value
of any such fee, commission, percentage or gift.
25.3. Consultant warrants and maintains that it has no knowledge that
any officer or employee of City has any interest, whether contractual, non -
contractual, financial, proprietary, or otherwise, in this transaction or in the
business of Consultant, and that if any such interest comes to the knowledge of
Consultant at any time during the term of this Agreement, Consultant shall
immediately make a complete, written disclosure of such interest to City, even if
such interest would not be deemed a prohibited "conflict of interest" under
applicable laws as described in this subsection
26.0 Attorneys' Fees
If either party commences an action against the other party, either legal,
administrative or otherwise, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement,
the prevailing party in such litigation shall be entitled to have and recover from
the losing party all of its attorneys' fees and other costs incurred in connection
therewith.
27.0 Exhibits
All exhibits referenced in this Agreement are hereby incorporated into the
Agreement as if set forth in full herein. In the event of any material discrepancy
between the terms of any exhibit so incorporated and the terms of this
Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.
28.0 Corporate Authority
The person executing this Agreement on behalf of Consultant warrants that he or
she is duly authorized to execute this Agreement on behalf of said Party and that
by his or her execution, the Consultant is formally bound to the provisions of this
Agreement.
13 of 14
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, through their respective authorized
representatives have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first
above written.
CITY OF SEAL BEACH
By:
Jiil . Ingram, C
Attest:
By: -
loria D. HarpeV
Approved For
By:
CONSULTANT: NV5, Inc., a California
corporstinn
UT) By:
r Name:
ii 1-Qro . Its:
Steele, City Attorney
By:
Please note, two signatures required
for corporations pursuant to California
Corporations Code Section 313.)
14 of 14
Cover Letter 01
Local Staffing List & Resumes 02
Company Qualifications 19
FIRM BACKGROUND 1.9
QA/QC APPROACH 20
DOCUMENT TRACKING AND FILE SHARING PROCESS 20
PROJECT EXPERIENCE 21
Samples 27
References 29
Exceptions 30
Fee Proposal
01 •• IM
April 26, 2019
Iris Lee
Deputy Public Works Director
Department of Public Works
211 Eighth Street
Seal Beach, CA 90740
SUBJECT: On -Call Professional Inspection Services
Dear Ms. Lee,
At NV5, Inc., we understand the various aspects of the capital improvement process, making our team of experts uniquely
qualified to perform the services required for successful completion of your projects. We acknowledge that City projects
are vital to the community, and we have more than 12 years of experience partnering with many cities and agencies
across Southern California to provide Professional Inspection Services. We are excited to have the opportunity to provide
On -Call Professional Inspection services to the City of Seal Beach (City). NV5's strengths include the following:
Relevant Experience: Our Construction Inspectors have extensive engineering and construction experience and are
thoroughly familiar with local, state, and federal procedures. We only staff our projects with senior -level professionals.
Our team has a portfolio of successfully completed public works projects throughout Southern California, including
several small- and large-scale public works improvement projects. Because of our extensive experience in the area, and
specifically in coastal communities such as Long Beach, Huntington Beach, Manhattan Beach, Newport Beach, Rancho
Palos Verdes, Costa Mesa, Laguna Niguel, San Clemente, and Santa Monica, there is no learning curve when we work on
your projects.
Proposed Team: NV5 offers the City a team of Construction Inspection professionals with an unparalleled reputation
and proven capability and expertise. We are offering Peter Salgado, PE and Luanne Bean, PE as Project Managers/
Construction Managers, providing oversight for all construction support services. With more than 20 years of experience,
Mr. Salgado has managed and delivered a variety of public works projects. In addition, Ms. Bean has more than 30 years
of experience in the design and construction management of water and wastewater projects.
Accessibility and Responsiveness: Our professionals take pride in providing immediate response and personal attention
to our clients' needs. Additionally, each of our Construction Inspectors has been provided with an iPad and will be using
our exclusive iPad application to prepare daily reports with photos. These reports are uploaded to our servers at the end
of each day and can be made available to the City immediately; granting you convenient, full access to the current status
and progress of your projects.
Proposal Validity: This proposal shall remain valid for a period of 90 days from the date of this submittal.
Statement: This proposal has been signed by Jeffrey M. Cooper, PE, a company officer authorized to bind the firm.
NV5 looks forward to the opportunity to work with the City and help you achieve your goals and objectives. If you need
further information, we may be reached by phone at (949) 585-0477, or electronically at jeff.cooper@nv5.com and
peter.salgado@nv5.com. Thank you for your time and consideration.
Sincerely,
NV5
Jefey . Doper, PE Peter I do, PE
Diof Infrastructure Director of Construction Management
9890 Irvine Center Drive I Irvine, CA 92618 1 www.nv5.com I Office: 949.585.0477 1 Fax: 949.585.0433
ORGANIZATION CHART
Our team of experts bring direct, relevant, successful and current experience working on projects of similar scope and
complexity. We are equipped with the resources to provide the City with the requested On -Call Professional Inspection
Services. Shown below are team roles and responsibilities. No person designated as key personnel shall be removed,
replaced, or reallocated without prior written concurrence of the City. Please find resumes of proposed staff on page 5.
Jeffrey M. Cooper, PE*
Peter Salgado, PE
Luanne Bean, PE
Pedram Abbassi, LEED AP BD+C,
QSP, CESSWI
Eric Charlonne
Kalid Dawood, QSP, CESSWI
Ray Farnaghi, LEED GA
Matt Greer
David Ledyard
James Remus
Craig Wheeler
Daniel Warren
Mike Helma, LEED AP
Staff Authorized to Negotiate the Contract on Behalf of the Firm
KEY STAFF QUALIFICATIONS
Our team has the ability to deliver quality products on schedule and within budget. Below, please find a chart including
names, roles, education, experience, applicable professional licenses and credentials, and availability of the proposed
team. NV5 has a deep bench of professional inspectors available to the City, and we will provide the inspector with the
most relevant experience per task order,
Project
Peter Salgado, PE
Manager/
20 B.S. Civil Engineering 50% Construction Civil Engineer (CA) No. 63159
Manager
M. S. Civil Engineering
B.S. Civil Engineering
Project Civil Engineer (CA) No. 50129
Luanne Bean, PE
Manager/
30
FEMA OPS -1
50% Construction HAZMAT First Responder/Operations Level
Manager DOT Offers of Bulk and Non -Bulk HAZMAT
Packages
Nuclear Waste Safety for Workers
B.S. Civil Engineering
Pedram Abbassi, LEED Construction
LEED AP BD+C
AP BD+C, QSP, CESSWI Inspector
17 Qualified SWPPP Practitioner 70%
Certified Erosion, Sediment and Storm
Water Inspector
Contract Administration
Eric Charlonne
Construction
40 Model-netics Supervisor Program
30% Inspector Construction Estimating and Public
Contract Law
A.A. Construction Management & GIS
Mapping/Survey
Safety Trained Supervisor STSC-IEX09112
American Construction Inspection
Certifications RCI No. 6044
Kalid Dawood, QSP, Construction
36 NASSCO #U-616-07004649
70% CESSWI Inspector Qualified SWPPP Practitioner
Certified Erosion, Sediment, Storm Water
Inspector, No. 3315
DYK Tank System Training and Certification
Trench & Excavating Competent Person
Training and Certificate
Ray Farnaghi, LEED GA
Construction
17 B.S. Civil Engineering 70°x6
Inspector LEED GA
Matt Greer
Construction
14 B.S. Civil Engineering 70%
Inspector
David Ledyard
Construction
36 A.A. Engineering 70%
Inspector
KEY STAFF QUALIFICATIONS
ExperienceEducation, Certifications & Licenses Availability
James Remus Construction
19 Cross Connection Control and Backflow
70% Inspector Prevention and Program Specialist
B.A. Philosophy
Licensed W General Engineering
Construction Contractor
Craig Wheeler Inspector
30 NASSCO-Certified Inspector (Pipeline, 70%
Lateral and Manhole Assessments)
Crisis Management
Facilities Management
Water Distribution Operator Grade III #8020
Water Treatment Operator Grade II #18940
Recycled Site Supervisor Conversion from
Daniel Warren
Construction
24 Potable to Recycled Water
70% Inspector Competent Person Site Survey for Soil
Conditions
Trench Shoring Certified
Underground Utilities Certified
Mike Helma, LEED AP
Construction
30 B.S. Civil Engineering 30% Inspector LEED Accredited Professional
CONTACT INFO PETER SALGADO, PE
peter.saigado@nv5.com
Project Manager/Construction Manager949.585.0477
EXPERIENCE
With more than 20 years of experience, Mr. Salgado has managed and delivered a
20 years variety of public works projects including street improvements; vertical construction
and tenant improvements; parks and landscaping improvements; and water, sewer,
EDUCATION and storm drain improvements. Working with a variety of agencies, he is thoroughly
B.S. Civil Engineering familiar with local, state, and federal procedures.
LICENSES
Civil Engineer (CA) Project Experience
No.63159
8th Street and Pier Avenue Improvements
CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH I HERMOSA BEACH, CA
Construction Manager. Mr. Salgado managed these federally funded (ARRA) projects
to improve vehicular travel and general aesthetics. The project included sidewalk/
parkway improvements, ADA curb ramps, street resurfacing, and striping and signage.
FY 2008 through 2016 Annual Citywide & Street Improvements
CITY OF SANTA MONICA I SANTA MONICA, CA
Construction Manager. Mr. Salgado provided construction management,
inspection, and public outreach for this annual citywide project. Work consisted of
pavement resurfacing of streets and parking lots (including slurry seal and crack
seal treatments); full pavement reconstruction; traffic signal modifications; and
construction of new sidewalks, driveways and ADA ramps. Key services included all
facets of construction management and inspection including: utility and multiple
agency coordination; project budget and accounts tracking; engineering plan and
specification review; traffic management and control; submittal, schedule, request
for information (RFI), progress payment review and processing; field observation;
negotiating and processing change orders; document control; and project closeout,
which consisted of warranties, guarantees, recommending notices of completion and
the release of retention. Total construction cost varied between $1M and $ 3M.
Harbor Boulevard Widening
CITY OF COSTA MESA I COSTA MESA, CA
Construction Manager. Mr. Salgado managed this project to improve traffic operations
along northbound Harbor Boulevard. The project included signal modifications at two
intersections to accommodate the widening, construction of a new sidewalk, street
light relocations, utility relocations and landscaping improvements on private property.
2nd and 4th Street Pedestrian and Streetscape Improvements
CITY OF SANTA MONICA I SANTA MONICA, CA
Construction Manager. Mr. Salgado managed this $7M transit mall improvements
project in one of Santa Monica's most frequented commercial areas. The project
included sidewalk/parkway improvements, ADA curb ramps, decorative paving, street
resurfacing, striping and signage, new traffic signal equipment, landscaping and
irrigation.
Robinson Park Recreation Center
CITY OF PASADENA I PASADENA, CA
Project Manager. Mr. Salgado is responsible for overseeing the constructionV5managementandinspection services for the renovation of Robinson Park Recreation
Center. The $7.2M project consists of the demolition and reconstruction of the Recreation Center's approximately
9,000 -square -foot multipurpose room, administrative offices, kitchen, open court yard, restrooms and conference room,
an approximately 4,900 -square -foot addition of fitness and dance rooms, storage and common areas, and an intensive
structural upgrade of the Recreation Center's existing 7,300 -square -foot gymnasium. The design is fully accessible and
includes energy efficient lighting, technology and security upgrades and new drought tolerant landscaping.
University Drive Widening (Campus to MacArthur)
CITY OF IRVINE I IRVINE, CA
Project Manager. Mr. Salgado is currently overseeing our construction management and inspection team for the
University Drive Widening (from Campus Avenue to MacArthur Boulevard) project, which includes parkway improvements,
street improvements, storm drain improvements, water improvements, and landscape and irrigation for the adjacent bike
trail. Our services include bid management, construction management, daily inspection services, and project close-out.
The project consists of traffic control, unclassified excavation, unclassified fill, construction of PCC curb ramps, median
curb, curb & gutter, sidewalk, crack sealing, uniform depth cold milling, asphalt base course, asphalt concrete surface
course, adjust utility manholes and valves to grade, installation of traffic signs, striping, pavement markings, and raised
pavement markers, installation of new traffic signals, traffic signal modifications, SCE coordination and installation of new
street light infrastructure, storm drain installation, landscaping, irrigation system, and water quality BMPs.
Santa Monica Boulevard Mid -Block Traffic Signal Installation
CITY OF WEST HOLLYWOOD I WEST HOLLYWOOD, CA
Construction Manager. Mr. Salgado managed the construction management, inspection, labor compliance, and funding
oversight services for the installation of a traffic signal on Santa Monica Boulevard. The scope of work for this federally
funded project included roadway reconstruction and resurfacing; reconstruction of sidewalks, driveways, curb, gutter,
cross gutters, and ADA curb ramps; installation of new traffic signals, controllers and flashing beacon; and traffic striping
and signage on this busy segment of Santa Monica Boulevard between Orange Grove Avenue and Ogden Drive.
Golden Lantern Roadway Widening
CITY OF LAGUNA NIGUEL I LAGUNA NIGUEL, CA
Construction Manager. Mr. Salgado managed this 1.7 -mile, $5.5M roadway improvements and widening project that
required extensive utility coordination for the relocation and adjustment of several facilities, as well as coordination with
surrounding schools to alleviate potential traffic impacts.
Adventure Playground
CITY OF IRVINE I IRVINE, CA
Construction Manager. Mr. Salgado managed this $1.51M park project that served to reconstruct and rehabilitate the
playground area to provide updated amenities that comply with existing playground safety standards. The scope of work
included installation of new play equipment; construction of a new restroom and storage building; construction of concrete
walkways, decorative walkways, retaining walls, slides and benches; and landscaping and irrigation. The project also
included off-site water, sewer and storm drain improvements. Adventure Playground is located on a 4.5 -acre site within
University Community Park at 1 Beach Tree Lane in the City of Irvine.
Harbor Boulevard Bike Path
CITY OF COSTA MESA I COSTA MESA, CA
Project Manager. Mr. Salgado oversaw our construction management and inspection team for upgrades to the existing
bike trail along the north side of Harbor Boulevard between Fair Drive and Merrimac Way. The project consisted of
pavement rehabilitation, new pedestrian lighting, landscaping and irrigation.
Sea Country Senior and Community Center
CITY OF LAGUNA NIGUEL I LAGUNA NIGUEL, CA
Construction Manager. Mr. Salgado managed the renovation and expansion of the existing Sea County Senior and
Community Center. Scope of work included a 10,300 sf new construction, and a 2,000 sf remodel with related foundation,
plumbing and utilities improvements, as well as restriping the existing parking lot.
CONTACT INFO LUANNE BEAN, PE
luanne.beangnv5.com
Project Manager/Construction Manager949.585.0477
LONG BEACH WATER DEPARTMENT I LONG BEACH, CA
EXPERIENCE Ms. Bean has more than 30 years of experience in the design and management of
30 years water and wastewater projects. Her technical skills include structural analysis and
EDUCATION
design, mechanical analysis, instrumentation and control, the preparation of plans,
M.S. Civil Engineering
specifications, and cost estimates as well as construction management. She has
for Workers
held various positions with many public agencies including the Long Beach Water
B.S. Civil Engineering Department, Victor Valley Wastewater Reclamation Authority, Indio Water Authority,
LICENSES Metropolitan Water District, and FEMA. Ms. Bean's technical experience includes large -
Civil Engineer (CA) scale public works projects for capital improvement programs including construction
No. 50129 oversight, contract administration, document control, cost and schedule control,
quality control, structural analysis, and design.
REGISTRATIONS
FEMA OPS - I Project Experience
HAZMAT First Responder/
Operations Level Long Beach Water Department Emergency Project
LONG BEACH WATER DEPARTMENT I LONG BEACH, CA
DOT Offers of Bulk Construction Manager. Ms. Bean is overseeing the construction management
and Non -Bulk HAZMAT and inspection services for the completion of an emergency project for the Long
Packages Beach Water Department. The project is to provide LBWD a connection to the Los
Nuclear Waste Safety Angeles County Sanitation District's (LACSD) reclaimed water pipeline. While initially
for Workers being constructed by a different contractor under the jurisdiction of LACSD, after
construction was underway LACSD's Contractor abandoned the project and LBWD
agreed to take over the work. Work involves construction of additional 25 -foot deep
shoring within 5 feet of the operational LACSD operational plant. Managing high
groundwater along with keeping the existing plant operational during construction are
just a few of the important construction missions to accomplish.
Edgewater Sewer Lift Station Replacement
CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH I HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA
Construction Manager. Ms. Bean is overseeing the construction management and
inspection services of the replacement of the Edgewater Sewer Lift Station. The
project consists of the abandonment and demolition of an existing sewer lift station,
and construction and installation of a new 1,000 gpm submersible sewage lift station
and force main. The project also includes installation of new gravity sewer, storm
drain, water main, and site restoration. Project is complicated with contaminated
groundwater and deep excavations requiring special shoring methods to control
groundwater and limit settlement due to groundwater pumping.
Bankfield Sewage Pump Station
CITY OF CULVER CITY I CULVER CITY, CA
Construction Manager. Ms. Bean is overseeing the construction management and
inspection services for the construction of the Bankfield Sewage Pump Station. The
new pump station will receive diverted flows from two existing pump stations once
construction is complete, and possibly diverted flows from two more pump stations
at a later date. The new pump station will have a 10 -feet -by -20 -feet sewage wet well
that is 35 feet deep constructed in groundwater with watertight shoring. There will be
two submersible pumps, a flow meter vault, a valve vault, a bypass vault for the two
force mains, and an emergency diesel -fueled back-up electrical generator. There willV5alsobea25 -feet -by -20 -feet building to house instrumentation and SCADA systems, a
bathroom and electrical components.
Arantine Hills Sewer and Water Infrastructure Projects (Lift Station,
Force Main, California Avenue Sewer Main, Potable Water Line)
CITY 0= CORONA I CORONA, CA
Construction Manager. Ms. Bean is overseeing the construction management and inspection services for the $14.7M
three-phase Arantine Hills sewer and water improvement projects to provide the necessary infrastructure for the
Arantine Hills Development project. The project involves the construction of a buried cast -in-place sewer lift station with
above -grade controls. This is connected to a second project to construct the sewer force main with fused HDPE pipe
via conventional open trench and trenchless jack -and -bore sewer construction along arterial streets and Caltrans ROW
forming four miles of pipeline. Relocation of 3,300 LF of potable water line was also required to install the new force
mains. A third project being managed simultaneously is the construction of the California Avenue Sewer at a depth of 25
feet below grade. All three projects must be completed together for the final and finished sewer lift station to function.
Once completed, the City will decommission its Water Reclamation Facility #3. Coordination with developers was required
for the construction of the sewer lift station within their property and Caltrans was required along certain reaches of the
pipeline construction for construction within their ROW.
Group 5 CIPP Sewer Relining Program
LONG BEACH WATER DEPARTMENT I LONG BEACH, CA
Construction Manager. Ms. Bean was the Construction Manager for the Long Beach Water Department's Group 5 CIPP
sewer relining program. This involved providing construction oversight and observation of LBWD's contractor to install
almost 12,000 of 8 -inch, 10 -inch, and 18 -inch cured -in-place sewer cleaning, pre -lining video, lining, and post -lining
video. Point repairs and manhole rehabilitations were also undertaken. Once the installation of the CIPP began, Ms. Bean
coordinated with the LBWD for shutting off water services for the various residential and businesses along the sewer
line routes. Once curing was completed, a post -lining video was run, followed by re -installation of the laterals and top
hat installation on select laterals. Ms. Bean was additionally responsible to ensure that the 7 -day, 48-hour, and 24-hour
notifications were properly distributed and to address any public concerns. Night work was required at the locations, which
impacted the local school, hospital, and areas on major arterial streets where traffic control required taking of multiple
lanes for the work.
Alley Water Main Conversion, Magnolia and Eucalyptus
LONG BEACH WATER DEPARTMENT I LONG BEACH, CA
Construction Manager/Inspector. Ms. Bean completed full-service Construction Management and Inspection Services
for the Magnolia and Eucalyptus Potable Water Conversion project. The project involved the construction of a new water
main in the City streets, and convertingthe residents and business laterals and meters moving them from the alley side
to the new street side potable water line. The services included full-time Construction Observation, materials testing,
review of Contractor's progress payments, resolution of design issues, shop drawing review, RFI resolution, change order
management and resolution, meetings, public notifications and LBWD coordination for shutdowns for this project. The
Construction Management team resolved public complaints and problems from the local businesses and residence before
they became problems for City Hall and LBWD. Ms. Bean also checked NPDES and BMP measures, traffic control, and
safety measured during construction.
California Avenue Sewer Main
CITY OF CORONA I CORONA, CA
Construction Manager. As part of the Arantine Hills Sewer projects, Ms. Bean is overseeing the construction management
and inspection services on the California Avenue Sewer Main project, which consisted of nearly 9,000 LF of sewer main
up to 24 -feet deep within the congested City streets. After initial potholing, some extensive field rework was required to fit
the sewer line into the congested City streets due to unforeseen conflicts not originally shown on the plans. These conflicts
were found during potholing and necessitated going back to the Department of Health for encroachment to the City's
potable water line with the new sewer construction. NV5 has also provided public outreach and full-time soils compaction
testing for the cut and cover conventional trench and bore and jack construction through congested intersections. This
project will serve the final completed run connecting the Arantine Hills Lift Station to the Arantine Hills Force Main through
this gravity interceptor allowing conveyance of the City's sewer to their downtown treatment plant. Once completed, the
City expects to abandon other lift stations and outlying smaller aging wastewater treatment plants.
CONTACT INFO PEDRAM ABBASSI, LEED AP BD+C, QSP, CESSWI
pedram.abbassi@nv5.com
Construction Inspectorp949.585.0477
EXPERIENCE Mr. Abbassi has successfully completed several small and large-scale public works
17 years improvements projects. His skills in the development of project control procedures and
EDUCATION methodologies for cost and schedule control have been implemented on several recent
B.S. Civil Engineering large-scale projects. Mr. Abbassi has accrued more than 17 years of construction
industry experience, demonstrating his expertise in a range of responsibilities. He
LICENSES has served as a primary point of contact between design team members, general
LEED AP BD+C contractors, and owner representatives.
Qualified SWPPP
Project ExperiencePractitioner
Certified Erosion, Pier G Administration & Operations Buildings
Sediment and Storm Water PORT OF LONG BEACH, CA I LONG BEACH, CA
Inspector
Project Manager. The $45.9M improvements included the phased construction of
an approximately 46,000 -square -foot Silver LEED-certified Administration Building,
an approximately 30,000 -square -foot Silver LEED-certified Operations Building, an
approximately 800 -square -foot driver services building, temporary guard shacks, and
associated employee/visitor parking.
Harbor Boulevard Beautification
CITY OF COSTA MESA I COSTA MESA, CA
Construction Inspection. Mr. Abbassi served as construction inspector on this
federally funded streetscape improvement project designed to enhance the landscape
and overall streetscape of Harbor Boulevard. The work consisted of constructing
landscape buffers between the street curb and the sidewalks with drought -tolerant
landscaping, state-of-the-art irrigation, and the planting of mature palm trees to create
a more comfortable pedestrian atmosphere. Improvements included reconstruction
of curb and gutter, sidewalks, driveways and ADA curb ramps; roadway reconstruction
and resurfacing; traffic signage and striping; and median and parkway landscaping and
irrigation. Work also included installing a monument sign with solar powered lighting.
Algonquin Sewer Lift Station
CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH I HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA
Construction Manager. Mr. Abbassi was responsible for this $1.3M sewer lift
station project that included the abandonment and demolition of an existing sewer
lift station, installation of a new sanitary sewer lift station, installation of an 8 -inch
sewer force main on Heil Avenue, the installation of a 12 -inch sewer force main on
Algonquin Street, asphalt paving and removal, restoration of existing public and private
improvements, and all appurtenant work.
FY 2012 Water Main Improvements and Pressure -Reducing Station
LAGUNA BEACH COUNTY WATER DISTRICT I LAGUNA BEACH, CA
Construction Manager. Mr. Abbassi served as construction manager on this project,
which replaced 1,200 LF of existing 4 -inch water main with new 6 -inch ductile iron pipe
and connections to the existing system. The project also included the installation ofV5anew6 -inch underground pressure reducing station with a 3 -inch pressure -reducing
bypass.
CONTACTINFO
eric.charlonne*nv5.com
949.585.0477
EXPERIENCE
40 years
EDUCATION
Contract Administration
Model-netics Supervisor
Program
Construction Estimating
and Public Contract law
NVS
ERIC CHARLONNE
Construction Inspector
Mr. Charlonne has more than 40 years of extensive and diverse experience in
municipal engineering and construction management of capital improvement design
and construction projects including piers, water, streets, storm drains, sewers, parks
and buildings. He is thoroughly knowledgeable in public works contract administration,
labor compliance and federal funding administration.
Project Experience
Pier Plaza, South Beach Phase I & II Improvements
CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH I HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA
Construction Manager. Mr. Charlonne managed the $22M improvements to the City's
pier and six miles of its South Beach waterfront including lifeguard headquarters,
junior lifeguard headquarters, beach concessions, parking/lighting improvements and
an outdoor amphitheater. From plazas, parking and open space areas to a pedestrian
promenade and amphitheater, the project integrated art in the form of tiles, sculpture,
murals and design details to reflect Huntington Beach's history and culture. The plazas
and amphitheater were designed to accommodate large numbers of pedestrians
and beach visitors within the space, while providing barrier -free access from the new
parking areas and downtown to the promenade walkway system and the beach area.
Hermosa Beach Municipal Pier Phase II Pilings And Deck Repairs
CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH I HERMOSA BEACH, CA
Mr. Charlonne served on the Hermosa Beach Municipal Pier Phase II project which
included pilings and deck repairs.
Stanton Central Park
CITY OF STANTON I STANTON, CA
Project Manager/Construction Inspector. Mr. Charlonne provided comprehensive
construction management and project oversight services for the construction of this
high-profile Stanton Central Park project. As part of the construction management
effort, our team performed a detailed constructability and value engineering review
of the project documents. Our team also provided the inspection, quality control,
and labor compliance during construction of the park. The $10M, 10.5 acre Stanton
Central Park project includes a skate park, basketball courts, tennis courts, a softball
field with MUSCO lighting, over 4.5 acres of lawn, and approximately 2 acres of
decorative concrete. The parks also included a 2,200 square foot community building,
a 2,500 square foot restroom and storage building, three picnic shelters and a
bandstand pavilion. In addition, a large splash pad and two playgrounds were included.
The Strand
CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH I HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA
Construction Manager. Mr. Charlonne provided major development oversight for
the Strand at 5th and Pacific Coast Highway, including dining, shopping and the
Shorebreak hotel.
CONTACT INFO KALID DAWOOD, QSP, CESSWI
kalid.dawood@nv5.com
Construction Inspector949.585.0477
Springdale Street Water Main Replacement
EXPERIENCE Mr. Dawood has more than 35 years of experience in engineering, construction
36 years management, and inspection. Mr. Dawood has provided inspection services on a wide
EDUCATION variety of Public Works Capital Improvement Projects including street, sewer, water
A.A. Construction and storm drain improvements. He has also completed a number of dry utility projects,
Management & GIS bridges and overpasses, pump stations, and mass grading projects. He possesses
Mapping/Survey a thorough knowledge of the Caltrans Standard Plans and Standard Specifications,
Sediment and Storm Water
Caltrans Construction Manual, Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,
LICENSES OSHA requirements, as well as all standards for traffic control. Mr. Dawood also holds a
Safety Trained Supervisor NASSCO certification for CCTV sewer video review and evaluation.
STSC-IEX09112
CITY OF TORRANCE I TORRANCE, CA
American Construction Project Experience
Inspection Certifications
RCI No. 6044 Springdale Street Water Main Replacement
NASSCO #U-616- CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH I HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA
07004649 Construction Inspector. Mr. Dawood served as construction inspector on this
5.8M street and waterline rehabilitation project. The scope of work included the
Qualified SWPPP
replacement of existing 36 -inch and 42 -inch welded steel water mains at SpringdalePractitioner
Street from Warner Avenue to the northern city limits. The project also included trench
Certified Erosion, reconstruction, roadway section repairs and resurfacing, traffic signal modifications,
Sediment and Storm Water and traffic striping and signage.
Inspector, No. 3315
DYK Tank System Training Citywide CDBG Street Improvements
and Certification CITY OF TORRANCE I TORRANCE, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Dawood served as construction inspector for this $5M
Trench & Excavating CDBG funded, citywide street improvements project. The scope of work included
Competent Person Training roadway reconstruction and resurfacing; reconstruction of sidewalks, driveways, curb,
and Certificate gutter, cross gutters, and ADA curb ramps; and traffic signage and striping.
San Clemente Pedestrian Trail
CITY OF SAN CLEMENTE I SAN CLEMENTE, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Dawood was responsible for overseeing civil and
structural work, and also maintaining daily construction reports of people and
equipment on the site and hours worked; measuring, calculating and recording
all quantities of items removed from or incorporated into the work; taking photos
documenting the work; and performing daily observation for compliance with plans
and specifications.
Edwards Sewer Lift Station No. 24 and Force Main Rehabilitation
CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH I HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA
Project Manager. Mr. Dawood served as project manager for this sewer lift station and
force main replacement. Improvements consists of abandonment and demolition of
an existing sewer pump station and various sections of existing sewer lines, removal of
existing electrical panels and conduit, sidewalk, pavement, and surface improvements,
installation of new sanitary sewer lines, installation of a new sewer lift station, N V 5 installation of a new dry pit submersible pumps, replacement of a force main, asphalt
paving and removal, and restoration of existing public and private improvements.
CONTACTINFO RAY FARNAGHI, LEED GA
ray.farnaghi@nv5.com
949.585.0477 Construction Inspector
EXPERIENCE Mr, Farnaghi has more than 17 years of successful demonstrated experience in
17 years the construction management and inspection of large-scale and complex projects.
EDUCATION Mr. Farnaghi's experience includes several large facility and park renovations
B.S. Civil Engineering and improvements. He understands the balance between working effectively with
architects, engineers, contractors, inspectors, and construction crews. He works
LICENSES/CERTIFICATES diligently to ensure that all construction activities have a strategic plan and can offer
LEED GA sensible resolutions to avoid delays.
Project Experience
Annual Paving and Street Improvements FY 20142015
CITY OF SANTA MONICA I SANTA MONICA, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Farnaghi was responsible for providing inspection services
for pavement resurfacing of streets and parking lots (including slurry seal and crack
seal treatments); full pavement reconstruction; traffic signal modifications; and
construction of new sidewalks, driveways and ADA ramps. Our key services included
all facets of construction management and inspection, including: utility and multiple
agency coordination; project budget and accounts tracking; engineering plan and
specification review; traffic management and control; submittal, schedule, request
for information (RFI), progress payment review and processing; field observation;
negotiating and processing change orders; document control; and project closeout,
which consisted of warranties, guarantees, recommending notices of completion and
the release of retention.
Commercial/Industrial Stormwater Inspection (2015)
CITY OF LAGUNA HILLS I LAGUNA HILLS, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Farnaghi provided stormwater inspection services for
the City of Laguna Hills. Our team has been providing the City with commercial and
industrial storm water inspection services for various commercial and industrial
facilities throughout the City, including restaurants, automotive facilities, shopping
centers, medical buildings, schools, churches, banks, churches, grocery stores,
movie theaters and hotels. Thorough BMP inspection reports included date, time,
and weather during the inspection; management name and contact information;
condition of BMP; action required; and whether a follow-up visit would be necessary.
Detailed photos were taken to accompany each report. Our staff also provided
business -relevant BMP educational materials to assist with understanding and future
compliance.
Compton Boulevard/Wilmington Avenue Sewer Replacement
CITY OF COMPTON i COMPTON, CA
Construction Inspector, Mr. Farnaghi provided construction observation for this
project, which consisted of a combined total of 9,200 LF of new construction of 8 inch,
10 inch, 12 inch, 15 inch, 18 inch, and 24 inch VCP sewer mainlines; in-place lining
construction of 8 inch, 15 inch and 18 inch existing sewer mainline segments; in-placeV-5 reconnection for 28 service laterals; the restoration of the appurtenances (pavement,
backfill, restoration, etc.) associated with the sewer main construction; construction
of 45 new sewer manholes; and the re -construction of two existing sewer mainline
connections to Los Angeles County Sanitation District sewer trunk main.
CONTACT INFO
matt.greerOnv5.com
949.585.0477
EXPERIENCE
14 years
EDUCATION
B.S. Civil Engineering
LICENSES/ CERTIFICATES
C2 Workzone Traffic
Control Certificate
OSHA 10 -Hour
Construction Certificate
N V 5
MATT GREER
Construction Inspector
Mr. Greer has 14 years of experience as a qualified Quality Control Inspection and
Construction Engineer with experience in the management and inspection of public
works projects. His projects have included sewer and water -related facilities, street
rehabilitations, sidewalk improvements, slurry seal projects, landscaping and irrigation,
storm drains and vertical construction. He has extensive experience dealing with
the public, elected officials, contractors, architects, and engineers. He has been
responsible for monitoring construction activities, preparing daily construction
inspection reports, verifying compliance with plans and specifications, maintaining
record drawings, final inspections, and assisting in field start-ups.
Project Experience
Sewer Force Main and Lift Station Rehabilitation
CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH I HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Greer served as construction inspector for the
replacement of an existing sewer lift station and force main. The project included the
construction of a concrete vault to house the new station, pumps, valves, metering
equipment, as well as electrical and telemetry systems. The project also included the
construction of new sewer and force mains, and manhole structures. The existing lift
station had to remain in operation while the new facilities were being constructed.
Springdale Street Water Main Rehabilitation
CITY OF HUNGTINGTON BEACH I HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Greer served as construction inspector on this $5.8M
street and waterline rehabilitation project. The scope of work included the replacement
of existing 36 -inch and 42 -inch welded steel water mains at Springdale Street
from Warner Avenue to the northern city limits. The project also included trench
reconstruction, roadway section repairs and resurfacing, traffic signal modifications,
and traffic striping and signage.
Mid -Block Traffic Signal Installation
CITY OF WEST HOLLYWOOD I WEST HOLLYWOOD. CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Greer served as construction inspector on this federally
funded street and traffic signal improvements project. The scope of work included
roadway reconstruction and resurfacing; reconstruction of sidewalks, driveways, curb,
gutter, cross gutters, and ADA curb ramps; installation of new traffic signals, controllers
and flashing beacon; and traffic striping and signage.
190th Street Rehabilitation
CITY OF TORRANCE I TORRANCE, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Greer served as construction inspector on this $1.5M
street and traffic signal improvements project. The scope of work included roadway
reconstruction and resurfacing; reconstruction of sidewalks, driveways, curb, gutter,
and ADA curb ramps; installation of traffic signals; and traffic signage and striping.
CONTACT INFO DAVID LEDYARD
david.ledyard@nv5.com
949.585.0477 Construction Inspector
EXPERIENCE Mr. Ledyard has more than 36 years of engineering and construction inspection
36 years experience. He has served as both a supervisory inspector, overseeing permit
EDUCATION inspectors, as well as serving as lead inspector on various capital improvement
A.A. Engineering projects including street, sewer, water and storm drain improvements. As construction
inspector, Mr. Ledyard's responsibilities include site observation and construction
quality assurance and control, ensuring general site safety, preparing daily reports,
photo documentation, monitoring SWPPP and BMP implementation, providing daily
updates to the city project manager, labor compliance and EEO interviews, providing
recommendations and responses for contractor RFI's, assisting with submittal and
shop drawing reviews, tracking quantities, and assisting with the progress payment
reviews.
Project Experience
Agate Street and Thalia Street Beach Access Rehabilitation
CITY OF LAGUNA BEACH I LAGUNA BEACH, CA
Alternate Construction Inspector. Mr. Ledyard's responsibilities included all facets of
construction inspection for the rehabilitation of the existing concrete stairs. The project
consisted of grading, electrical, irrigation, landscaping, and other associated work.
2018 CDBG Street Improvements
CITY OF COMPTON I COMPTON, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Ledyard is currently providing daily inspection services
for the 2018 CDBG Street Improvements. The project includes: Reconstruction of
PCC sidewalks, driveways, curb and gutter, and ADA curb ramps; Reconstruction and
resurfacing of existing AC pavement; traffic loop replacement; traffic striping and
signage; and other minor associated work.
Central Avenue Pavement Rehabilitation
CITY OF COMPTON I COMPTON, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Ledyard provided daily inspection services for the Central
Avenue Pavement Rehabilitation Project (Phase II). The project includes Cold-In-
Place Recycling and Cement Treatment of AC structural section; coldmill and overlay;
reconstruction of PCC sidewalks, driveways, curb and gutter, and ADA curb ramps;
traffic loop replacement; utility adjustments; and, traffic striping and signage.
Alpine Street Lighting Installation
CITY OF PASADENA I PASADENA, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Ledyard served as construction inspector on this lighting
installation project. This project included the installation of new post top street light
standards and LED fixtures, conduit, foundations, pull boxes and conductors. The
project was built in conjunction with a power underground utility project and required
new feed points from the new power vaults.
Sewer Capacity Upgrades
CITY OF PASADENA I PASADENA, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Ledyard served as construction inspector for the
reconstruction of approximately 2,900 linear feet of sanitary sewer.
CONTACT INFO JAMES REMUS
James. RemusOnv5.com
Construction Inspector949.585.0477
EXPERIENCE Mr. Remus has spent more than 28 years as a construction inspector for a variety
28 years of pipeline and construction projects. He has worked closely with engineering firms,
EDUCATION public agencies and specialists in the fields of biology and archeology as related to
Office Management respective projects. Mr. Remus is knowledgeable in a variety of construction activities
including heavy documentation of design/build structures, testing and trench safety.
LICENSES/CERTIFICATES He has spent more than 13 years as a cross -connection specialist with the Walnut
Cross Connection Control Valley Water District.
and Backflow Prevention
and Program Specialist Project Experience
C2 Workzone Traffic
Control Certificate Staff Augmentation Inspection Services
IRVINE RANCH WATER DISTRICT I IRVINE, CA
OSHA 10 -Hour Inspector. Mr. Remus is currently providing inspection services for water, wastewaterConstruction Certificate
and sewer projects for the Irvine Ranch Water District. His duties include: confirming
that the Contractors are adhering to the Contract Documents, as well as generating
daily reports for several ongoing projects. The types of projects he has worked on
include: housing tracts, commercial sites, as well as capital and non -capital projects.
Sunnyslope Avenue Pipeline, Junkie Tank and Pump Station
ELSINORE VALLEY WATER DISTRICT I ELSINORE, CA
Construction Manager. Project included the installation of new pump station,
discharge 8 -inch potable pipeline through a hilltop residential neighborhood that had
limited access and a narrow road, and bolted steel potable water storage tank.
52 -inch, 48 -inch and 42 -inch Domestic Waterline
WALNUT VALLEY WATER DISTRICT I WALNUT VALLEY, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Remus monitored chlorinating and hydrostatic testing
of the pipeline and performed pressure test for leakage for all the mainline valves.
Involved in a 16.7 million gallon additional storage project. Project included three
metering structures, six inline main valves, in which one was located at a flood control
channel where a bridge was constructed to support the pipeline crossing. This entailed
the construction of three subterranean reinforced concrete reservoirs, three inlet and
three outlet valve vaults, one 42 -inch venturi meter vault, and four interconnections to
existing 33 -inch pipelines.
Bike Lane Installation and Street Improvements
ROLLING HILLS ESTATES I ROLLING HILLS, CA
Construction Manager. Mr. Remus provided construction management services for
bike lane installation and street improvements. Work consisted of street improvements
on Palos Verdes Drive North from Crenshaw Boulevard to West City Limits.
Storm Drain and Street Improvements on Amar Road
CITY OF LA PUENTE, CA I LA PUENTE, CA
Construction Manager. Mr. Remus provided construction management services for
the Storm Drain and Street Improvements of Amar Road. Improvements consisted ofNV5completegrindandoverlay, striping, RPMs, and signage.
EXHIBIT A
Consultant's Proposal
mow , 'LL^',.jw.lr: F'!:. - \ .:.Y. I .- _ "• _ - w - - - ,,, .
lb
ter• %
41
i f'' ;' w
ST 4
y4
Y
41444
0 -'
PROPOSAL
Submitted by NV5, Inc.
9890 Irvine Center Drive, Irvine, CA 92618
City of Seal Beach
On -Call Professional Inspection Services
CONTACTINFO CRAIG M. WHEELER
craig.wheelerOnv5.com
949.585.0477 Construction Inspector
EXPERIENCE Mr. Wheeler has more than 30 years of experience in engineering and construction in
30 years both the public and private sectors. He has provided project management and inspection
EDUCATION services on a wide variety of public works projects including street, traffic signal,
B. A. Philosophy street lighting, water, sewer, storm drain, and parks and landscaping improvements.
As a project manager and construction inspector, Mr. Wheeler's responsibilities
LICENSES/CERTIFICATES include site observation and construction quality assurance and control, ensuringLicensed "A" General general site safety, preparing daily reports, photo documentation, monitoring SWPPPEngineeringContractorandBMPimplementation, providing daily updates to City project manager, providing
NASSCO-Certified recommendations and responses for contractor RFI's, assisting with submittal and shop
Inspector (Pipeline, drawing reviews, tracking quantities, and conducting progress payment reviews.
Lateral and Manhole
Assessments) Project Experience
Crisis Management
FY 2015-2016 Annual Citywide Sidewalk Repairs
Facilities Management CITY OF SANTA MONICA I SANTA MONICA, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Wheeler served as construction inspector on this
900,000 citywide sidewalk repairs project. The scope of work included reconstruction
of sidewalks, driveways, curb, gutter, and ADA curb ramps.
Manhattan Beach Waterline and Street Improvements
CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH I MANHATTAN BEACH, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Wheeler served as construction inspector on the paving
portion of this Citywide waterline improvements project. The scope of work included
full -width grind and overlay on all of Terrazo Place, Longfellow Drive, Ronda Drive from
Kuhn Drive to Altura Way.
Harbor Boulevard Median and Landscape Improvements
CITY OF COSTA MESA I COSTA MESA, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Wheeler provided inspection services for the landscape
and irrigation improvements on Harbor Boulevard from Merrimac Way to Fair Drive.
The project included removal of trees, replacement of curbs, gutters, city sidewalks,
commercial driveways, ADA ramps and other related works.
Emergency Storm Drain Repair
CITY OF TORRANCE I TORRANCE, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Wheeler provided inspection services for the repair of
the storm drain pipeline located at Madison Street and Serra Drive. Excavation and
removal of an 18 -inch collapsed reinforced concrete pipe (RCP), including bedding
material; sub -grade compaction; new crushed aggregate base; and base course
asphalt and finished course asphalt. The project included shoring and traffic control,
potholing existing utilities, and AC paved repair area. Mr. Wheeler received and
reviewed submittals and requests for information (RFIs).
Citywide Sewer Repairs
CITY OF WEST HOLLYWOOD I WEST HOLLYWOOD, CA
Alternate Construction Inspector. Mr. Wheeler provided construction inspection
services for this citywide sewer repair and rehabilitation project. The project included
sewer cleaning, pre- and post -construction CCTV video surveys, sewer line point repairs
and reconstruction, and sewer line CIPP lining.
CONTACT INFO DANIEL WARREN
da n i el.wa rren Onv5.com
949.585.0477 Construction Inspector
EXPERIENCE Mr. Warren is a water/wastewater inspector with more than 26 years of experience
26 years in public works. Additionally, Mr. Warren was a Grade III Water Distribution Operator,
LICENSES and Grade II Water Treatment Operator for the Rowland Water District. He also served
Water Distribution as a Construction Inspector for the City of La Habra Heights. Mr. Warren is extremely
Operator Grade III #8020 knowledgeable about the need for the Contractor's conformance to the approved
plans and specifications, adherence to field quality control, as well as what the various
Water Treatment Operator heavy construction industry standards and construction principles are for water and
Grade II #18940 wastewater systems. Mr. Warren has a significant knowledge of all aspects of public
Recycled Site Supervisor utilities and provides expert quality control for all aspects of potable water, sewer, and
Conversion from Potable recycled water works throughout his execution of his duties as an Inspector.
to Recycled Water
Project Experience
Competent Person Site -
Survey for Soil Conditions Arantine Hills Sewer and Water Infrastructure Projects
Trench Shoring Certified CITY OF CORONA I CORONA, CA
Inspector. Mr. Warren provided inspection services for the $14.7M three-phase
Underground Utilities
Arantine Hills sewer and water improvement projects to provide the necessaryCertified
infrastructure for the Arantine Hills Development Project. The project involves the
construction of a buried cast -in-place sewer lift station with above -grade controls. This
is connected to a second project to construct the sewer force main with fused HDPE
pipe via conventional open trench and trenchless jack -and -bore sewer construction
along arterial streets and Caltrans ROW forming four miles of pipeline. Relocation of
3,300 LF of potable water line was also required to install the new force mains. A third
project being managed simultaneously is the construction of the California Avenue
Sewer at a depth of 25 feet below grade. All three projects must be completed together
for the final and finished sewer lift station to function. Once completed, the City will
decommission its Water Reclamation Facility #3. Coordination with developers was
required for the construction of the sewer lift station within their property and Caltrans
was required along certain reaches of the pipeline construction for construction within
their ROW.
Bankfield Sewage Pump Station
CITY OF CULVER CITY I CULVER CITY, CA
Inspector. Mr. Warren is providing inspection services for the construction of the
Bankfield Sewage Pump Station. The new pump station will receive diverted flows
from two existing pump stations once construction is complete, and possibly diverted
flows from two more pump stations at a later date. The new pump station will have a
10 -feet -by -20 -feet sewage wet well that is 35 feet deep constructed in groundwater
with watertight shoring. There will be two submersible pumps, a flow meter vault, a
valve vault, a bypass vault for the two force mains, and an emergency diesel -fueled
back-up electrical generator. There will also be a 25 -feet -by -20 -feet buildingto house
instrumentation and SCADA systems, a bathroom and electrical components.
Doubletree Lane Pipeline Installation
ROWLAND WATER DISTRICT I ROWLAND HEIGHTS, CA
Inspector. Mr. Warren provided inspection services on this project, which installed
6 -inch D.I.P. distribution main, hydrant laterals, hydrants and services to approximatelyNV25homes.
CONTACT INFO
mike.helmaOnv5.com
949.585.0477
EXPERIENCE
30 years
EDUCATION
B.S. Civil Engineering
LICENSES
LEED Accredited
Professional
N!V5
MIKE HELMA, LEED AP
Construction Inspector
Mr. Helma has more than 30 years of experience in construction management and
inspection with specific expertise in street improvements, sewer, water and storm drain
systems, heavy grading, concrete structures, traffic signals, paving and landscaping.
He is a LEED Accredited Professional with expertise in the management of large- and
small-scale projects, in addition to complex projects. His experience includes serving
as an extension of city staff and public works departments, where all assigned projects
are completed in a timely and professional manner.
Project Experience
Public Works Inspection (Staff Augmentation)
CITY OF SAN CLEMENTE I SAN CLEMENTE, CA
Public Works Inspector. Mr. Helma inspected various City sidewalks, ramps,
driveways, and curb and gutters for damage or tripping hazards as part of the City's
yearly sidewalk repair program. He provided a written report for each street address,
complete with repair quantities and locations. In a three-month period, Mr. Helma
provided more than 1,500 reports.
Edgewater Sewer Lift Station Replacement
CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH I HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Helma is providing construction inspection services
on the replacement of the Edgewater Sewer Lift Station. The project consists of the
abandonment and demolition of an existing sewer lift station, and construction and
installation of a new 1,000 gpm submersible sewage lift station and force main.
The project also includes installation of new gravity sewer, storm drain, water main,
and site restoration. Project is complicated with contaminated ground water and
deep excavations requiring special shoring methods to control groundwater and limit
settlement due to groundwater pumping.
Citywide Sewer Main Replacement
CITY OF TORRANCE I TORRANCE, CA
Construction Inspector. Mr. Helma provided construction inspection services for the
installation of 12,000 LF of 8 -inch cast in place plastic (CIPP) sewer liner that was
installed in the residential streets of Rolling Hills Estates along with the point repair
of 25 areas where the 8 -inch sewer had to be replaced prior to lining. The project
included the removal and replacement of 90 feet of 8 -inch concrete encased sewer
across an arterial highway. Work was completed within the 60 -day schedule.
Agate Street and Thalia Street Beach Access Rehabilitation
CITY OF LAGUNA BEACH I LAGUNA BEACH, CA
Alternate Construction Inspector. Mr. Helma's responsibilities included all facets of
construction inspection for the rehabilitation of the existing concrete stairs. The project
consisted of grading, electrical, irrigation, landscaping, and other associated work.
NV5, Inc. has been providing engineering and consulting services to public and private sectors for more than 70 years,
delivering solutions through five business verticals: Construction Quality Assurance, Infrastructure, Energy, Program
Management, and Environmental. With offices nationwide and abroad, NV5 helps clients plan, design, build, test, certify,
and operate projects that improve the communities where we live and work.
As engineers, architects, construction/program managers, and environmental professionals, we play a significant role
in shaping our communities through the services we provide. From designing the water systems we rely on; streets and
bridges our kids use to get to school; buildings and resorts we enjoy; and the electricity/gas we use to power our homes and
businesses, to testing materials used to construct high-rise buildings and responding to environmental disasters, our everyday
decisions make lasting impacts. NV5 takes pride in helping our clients develop and deliver cost-effective, sustainable projects
that improve lives in our communities. Our combined capabilities bring effective solutions to complex issues.
KEY SERVICES
The successful delivery of our products and services has resulted in repeat clients for a broad range of municipal projects.
Our key services include:
nn d
CIVIL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION PLAN CHECK STAFF STRUCTURAL
DESIGN MANAGEMENT + AND REVIEW AUGMENTATION ENGINEERING
INSPECTION
19 111
PROJECT CONSTRUCTABILITY FEDERAL LABOR PUBLIC
MANAGEMENT REVIEW FUNDING COMPLIANCE OUTREACH
MANAGEMENT
We maintain an extensive history of working with various local agencies. Throughout the course of completing a myriad of
public works capital improvement projects, our team has demonstrated an unparalleled ability to work well with local agency
staff, project stakeholders, engineers and contractors. We have successfully delivered projects in a timely and cost-effective
manner, and we have acquired a keen understanding of local agency requirements, a critical element in the facilitation
and resolution of project issues. We are excited about the opportunity to continue to serve the City and are committed to
maintaining effective working relationships with your staff, relevant government agencies and project stakeholders.
With a demonstrated ability to address public concerns, we are experts in a broad range of governmental interface, public
outreach and community involvement, and we are genuinely committed to public participation as a way of planning and
completing projects. Our team routinely performs these services as part of our delivery of public works projects and regard
them as a vital component to project success.
FINANCIAL CONDITION
NV5 is financially stable with a 70 -year history of providing excellent professional engineering services. With a rapidly
growing list of clients, we have experienced steady year -over -year growth, especially over the last several years. We
continue to hire and maintain an increasing number of highly qualified professionals in order to meet the diverse needs
of our valued clients. NV5's longevity and continued growth is a testament to our financial stability and the strength of our
expanding professional capabilities.
COMPANY QUALIFICATIONS
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY
CONTROL
To ensure compliance with the plans and specifications,
we will implement a comprehensive quality assurance and
quality control (QA/QC) program involving the following
steps:
We will perform a thorough review of the contract
documents. This responsibility will include the following
tasks:
o Checking plans and specifications against
requirements that have been associated with issues
that occurred on similarjobs.
o Comparing existing elevations, grades and details,
etc., shown on plans with those at the actual site.
o Reporting all errors, omissions and deficiencies, etc.,
to the City and engineering design team.
o Keeping a marked -up set of plans and specifications
for quick reference.
o Anticipating the Contractor's operations by reviewing
the plans and specifications for each one before it
begins.
Before start of construction, we will discuss with the
Contractor the definable features of work to ensure that
documentation is complete, materials are on hand and
those who are to perform the work understand the scope
in its entirety.
At the onset of the work, we will perform an initial
inspection to determine whether the Contractor
thoroughly understands and is capable of accomplishing
the work as specified.
We will ensure that the Contractor has an established
safety program and that regular safety meetings are
conducted. We will also ensure that the Contractor
meets all OSHA safety requirements.
The construction inspector will perform follow-
up inspections on a daily basis for the purpose of
ensuring that the controls established during the initial
inspection continue to provide work that conforms to
the contract requirements and all applicable standards.
Unsatisfactory workmanship, materials and construction
deficiencies will be documented and reported for future
identification and traceability. Notices of non-compliance
will be issued to the Contractor and corrective and
preventive action will be taken to ensure compliance
with the contract documents.
We will conduct a monthly review of the as -built drawings
and ensure that all items are considered in the changes
of the record drawings, including:
o The size, type and location of existing and new utility
lines
o The layout and schematic drawings of electrical
circuits and piping
o Verification of alignment and cross sections
o Changes in the location of equipment, etc.
Finally, we will review and approve the as -built drawings
to complete the project turnover and begin the warranty
period.
DOCUMENT TRACKING AND FILE
SHARING PROCESS
IPAD APPLICATION
Our proprietary application is a user-friendly, iPad
application used by our inspectors to generate reports,
including daily inspection photos. Our inspectors have all
been issued an iPad device. The application guides our
inspectors, step-by-step to complete and fill -out appropriate
sections of their daily reports. The application is specially
designed to automatically populate weather and site
conditions based on the devices GPS location. Drop-down
menus for equipment and labor classifications have also
been built-in to the application to assist inspectors in
completing and fully -accounting for their site observations.
There is also a prompt feature that notifies the inspector
when any portion of the report is not complete. Daily
photos can be taken through the application and will
automatically attach to the report. Basic, common
information will be carried over from previous days' reports
in order to save time filling out a new report each day on a
job -site. A supervisor can approve and finalize the report
and request corrections. These reports are uploaded to our
servers at the end of each day and can be made available
to the City immediately, granting you convenient, full
access to the current status and progress of your projects.
PROJECT EXPERIENCE
We have a proven track record of successfully providing on-call professional services to municipalities throughout
Southern California. Please find below a list of our current on-call contracts in which similar professional inspection
services to those listed in the RFP are currently being provided.
City of Manhattan Beach • On -Call Construction Management and Inspection Services
City of Newport Beach • On -Call Staff Augmentation for Public Works Department and Utility Permit Inspection
Services and Construction Administration
City of Norwalk • On -Call Construction Inspection Services
City of Pasadena • On -Call Construction Management and Inspection Services
City of Placentia • On -Call Contract Administration and Construction Inspection Services
City of Pomona • On -Call Civil Engineering Design, Pavement Rehabilitation Design, Project Management
and Construction Inspection
City of Rancho Palos Verdes • Capital Projects Engineering and Construction Management Oversight Services
City of Rancho Santa • On -Call Construction Management and Inspection Services
Margarita
City of Santa Monica •
On -Call Construction Management Services
City of West Covina •
As -Needed Construction Management, Inspection and Related Services
City of West Hollywood • On -Call Construction Management and Inspection Services
Irvine Ranch Water District • As -Needed Design and Construction Inspection Services
Long Beach Water • On -Call Construction Management and Inspection Services
Department
City of Aliso Viejo On -Call Construction Inspection Services
City of Azusa On -Call Professional Engineering Services (Engineering, Project Management,
Construction Management and Inspection Services)
City of Bellflower On -Call Construction Management and Inspection Services for Federally Funded Projects
City of Brea On -Call Construction Management and Inspection Services
City of Commerce On -Call Construction Management and Inspection Services
City of Costa Mesa On -Call Project and Construction Management Staff Support Services
City of Culver City On -Call Civil Engineering Design and Construction Management and Inspection Services
City of EI Segundo On -Call inspection Services for Water Pipeline Replacement Projects
City of Glendale On -Call Construction Management and Inspection Services
City of Huntington Beach On -Call Construction Management Services
City of Irvine Project Management and Construction Management and Inspection
City of Laguna Beach On -Call Program/Construction Management and Inspection Services
City of Laguna Hills On -Call Engineering
City of Laguna Niguel On -Call Public Works Inspection Services
City of Laguna Woods On -Call Building Inspection Services
City of Manhattan Beach • On -Call Construction Management and Inspection Services
City of Newport Beach • On -Call Staff Augmentation for Public Works Department and Utility Permit Inspection
Services and Construction Administration
City of Norwalk • On -Call Construction Inspection Services
City of Pasadena • On -Call Construction Management and Inspection Services
City of Placentia • On -Call Contract Administration and Construction Inspection Services
City of Pomona • On -Call Civil Engineering Design, Pavement Rehabilitation Design, Project Management
and Construction Inspection
City of Rancho Palos Verdes • Capital Projects Engineering and Construction Management Oversight Services
City of Rancho Santa • On -Call Construction Management and Inspection Services
Margarita
City of Santa Monica •
On -Call Construction Management Services
City of West Covina •
As -Needed Construction Management, Inspection and Related Services
City of West Hollywood • On -Call Construction Management and Inspection Services
Irvine Ranch Water District • As -Needed Design and Construction Inspection Services
Long Beach Water • On -Call Construction Management and Inspection Services
Department
ANNUAL PAVING AND STREET
IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS
CITY OF SANTA MONICA I SANTA MONICA, CA
Our team provided construction management, inspection, and
public outreach for multiple annual street, sidewalk and curb
ramp improvement projects. The work consisted of pavement
resurfacing of streets and parking lots (including slurry seal and
crack seal treatments); full pavement reconstruction; traffic signal
modifications; and construction of new sidewalks, driveways and ADA
ramps.
DATES: 2008-2014
SANTA MONICA BOULEVARD MID -BLOCK
TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION AND STREET
IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF WEST HOLLYWOOD I WEST HOLLYWOOD. CA
As part of our on-call contract, our team provided construction
management and inspection services for the installation of a traffic
signal on Santa Monica Boulevard. The scope of work included
roadway reconstruction and resurfacing; reconstruction of sidewalks,
driveways, curb, gutter, cross gutters, and ADA curb ramps;
installation of new traffic signals, controllers and flashing beacon;
and traffic striping and signage on this busy segment of Santa
Monica Boulevard between Orange Grove Avenue and Ogden Drive.
DATES: SEPTEMBER 2016 -APRIL 2017
HARBOR BOULEVARD WIDENING
CITY OF COSTA MESA I COSTA MESA, CA
Our team provided construction management and inspection
services for this roadway widening project. The project improved
traffic operations along northbound Harbor Boulevard, one of the
county's most heavily traveled roadways, by widening the roadway
to accommodate a fourth northbound through lane. The project also
included signal modifications at two intersections to accommodate the
widening, construction of a new sidewalk, street light relocations, utility
relocations and landscaping improvements on private property. The
project was constructed to meet the recommended roadway widths/
geometrics as specified in the Harbor Boulevard Smart Street Study
as well as the Orange County Transportation Authority's (OCTA) Master
Plan of Arterial Highways (MPAH).
DATES: JULY 2015 -SEPTEMBER 2015
UNIVERSITY DRIVE WIDENING
CITY OF IRVINE I IRVINE, CA
Our team is currently providing construction management and
inspection services for the University Drive Widening project,
which includes parkway and street improvements, storm drain
improvements, water improvements, and landscape and irrigation
for the adjacent bike trail. Our services include bid management,
construction management, daily inspection services, and project close-
out. The project consists of raised pavement markers, installation of
new traffic signals, SCE coordination and installation of new street light
infrastructure, storm drain installation, and water quality BMPs.
DATES: MARCH 2018 -CURRENT
BELLFLOWER BOULEVARD PEDESTRIAN
ENHANCEMENTS
CITY OF BELLFLOWER IJ BELLFLOWER, CA
Our team provided construction management, inspection, labor
compliance, and funding oversight services for the federally funded
roadway and pedestrian/parkway improvements of Bellflower
Boulevard. The scope of work included roadway reconstruction and
resurfacing; reconstruction of sidewalks, driveways, curb, gutter,
cross gutters, and ADA curb ramps; installation of traffic signals,
controller cabinets, and flashing beacon; landscaping and irrigation;
and traffic striping and signage (including decorative crosswalks).
DATES: JANUARY 2016 -NOVEMBER 2016
OAK STREET AND MOUNTAIN ROAD BEACH
ACCESS REHABILITATION
CITY OF LAGUNA BEACH I LAGUNA BEACH, CA
Our team provided construction management and inspection
services for the rehabilitation of two beach access stairways. The
project consisted of replacing the existing concrete stairways,
replacing the deck on the Oak Street overlook, landscaping, and
other associated work.
DATES: DECEMBER 2016 -APRIL 2017
CENTRAL AVENUE PAVEMENT REHABILITATION
CITY OF COMPTON I COMPTON, CA
Our team provided comprehensive Construction Management and
Inspection Services for the Central Avenue Pavement Rehabilitation
Project (Phase II). The project includes Cold -In -Place Recycling and
Cement Treatment of AC structural section; coldmill and overlay;
reconstruction of PCC sidewalks, driveways, curb and gutter, and ADA
curb ramps; traffic loop replacement; utility adjustments; and, traffic
striping and signage.
DATES: APRIL 2018 -OCTOBER 2018
EMERGENCY PROJECT
LONG BEACH WATER DEPARTMENT I LONG BEACH, CA
Our team is providing construction management and inspection
services for the completion of an emergency project for the
Long Beach Water Department. The project is to provide LBWD
a connection to the Los Angeles County Sanitation District's
LACSD) reclaimed water pipeline. While initially being constructed
by a different contractor under the jurisdiction of LACSD, after
construction was underway LACSD's Contractor abandoned the
project and LBWD agreed to take over the work. Work involves
construction of additional 25 -foot deep shoring within 5 feet of the
operational LACSD operational plant. Managing high groundwater
along with keeping the existing plant operational during construction
are just a few of the important construction missions to accomplish.
DATES: DECEMBER 2018 -CURRENT
EDGEWATER LIFT STATION
CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH I HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA
Our team is currently providing construction management and
inspection services for the replacement of the Edgewater Sewer Lift
Station. The project consists of the abandonment and demolition
of an existing sewer lift station, and construction and installation
of a new 1,000 gpm submersible sewer lift station and force main.
The project also includes installation of new gravity sewer, storm
drain, water main, and curb, gutter, sidewalk, and AC pavement
construction.
DATES: OCTOBER 2017 -AUGUST 2018
FY 2013-2014 WATERLINE REPLACEMENT
PROJECT
CITY OF MANAHTTAN BEACH I MANHATTAN BEACH, CA
Our team provided construction management and inspection
services for the citywide replacement of old and/or undersized
water mains and associated valves to reduce the risk of main breaks
and enhance fire suppression flows. New 6 -inch ductile iron pipes
replaced a total of 10,261 LF of existing water mains. Work also
included the installation of five new fire hydrants, reconnection
of four existing fire hydrants and the installation of 2 -inch water
Blow Off assemblies at four sewer pump stations. The project also
included trench restoration, roadway resurfacing and reconstruction,
and traffic signage and striping.
DATES: SEPTEMBER 2015 -APRIL 2016
CITYWIDE SEWER MAIN IMPROVEMENTS
AND REPAIRS
CITY OF TORRANCE I TORRANCE, CA
Our team provided construction inspection services for this citywide
sewer main improvement project. The project included rehabilitating
existing sewer system in various locations throughout the City. The
scope of work included point repairs, removal and replacement,
pipelining sections of sewer where damage was repaired by insertion
of a plastic liner, thereby eliminating the need for trench excavation
and minimizing public impacts. Where trench excavation was
required, damaged sections of pipe were replaced with new vitrified
clay pipe (VCP).
DATES: MARCH 2015 -JULY 2015
ARANTINE HILLS SEWER AND WATER
INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS
CITY OF CORONA I CORONA, CA
Our team is currently providing construction management and
inspection services for the $14.7M three-phase Arantine Hills
sewer and water improvement projects to provide the necessary
infrastructure for the Arantine Hills Development Project- A major
rerouting of the City's water distribution system for nearly a mile
including service connections was part of this project. The project
involved the construction of a buried cast -in-place sewer lift station
with above -grade controls. This is connected to a second project to
construct the sewer force main.
DATES: AUGUST 2011 CURRENT
ROBINSON PARK RECREATION CENTER
RENOVATION
CITY OF PASADENA I PASADENA, CA
Our team is providing construction management and inspection
services for the renovation of Robinson Park Recreation Center. The
7.2M project consists of the demolition and reconstruction of the
Recreation Center's approximately 16,000 -square -foot multipurpose
room, administrative offices, kitchen, open court yard, restrooms
and conference room, an approximately 4,900 -square -foot addition
of fitness and dance rooms, storage and common areas, and an
intensive structural upgrade of the Recreation Center's existing
7,300 -square -foot gymnasium. The design is fully accessible and
includes energy efficient lighting, technology and security upgrades
and new drought tolerant landscaping.
DATES: MAY 2017 -CURRENT
HARBOR BOULEVARD BIKE TRAIL
CITY OF COSTA MESA I COSTA MESA, CA
Our team provided construction management and inspection
services for upgrades to the existing bike trail along the north
side of Harbor Boulevard between Fair Drive and Merrimac Way.
The project consisted of pavement rehabilitation, new pedestrian
lighting, landscaping and irrigation. This bike trail is a vital element
for making non -automotive travel safer and enjoyable in the City.
The landscaping improvements alongside the Harbor Boulevard Bike
Trail provide a safety buffer between the trail and the busy street,
and create pleasant conditions for bike riders or pedestrians. It was
important that the new trail improvements continue the precedent of
other sustainable, attractive quality -of -life improvements in the City.
DATES: APRIL 2016 -SEPTEMBER 2016
ADVENTURE PLAYGROUND
CITY OF IRVINE I IRVINE, CA
Our team provided construction management and inspection
services on the $1.5M rehabilitation project to update the
playground area and amenities that comply with existing playground
safety standards. The scope of work included installation of new
play equipment; construction of a new restroom and storage
building; construction of concrete walkways, decorative walkways,
retaining walls, slides and benches; and landscaping and irrigation.
The project also included off-site water, sewer and storm drain
improvements. Adventure Playground is located on a 4.5 -acre site
within University Community Park at 1 Beach Tree Lane in the City of
Irvine.
DATES: JANUARY 2014 -FEBRUARY 2016
DAILY INSPECTION REPORT
Pnpi.cl rule Bantrrele hh M~ c-"lor Pacf C Heroacn C xp
kaapeclpr. Oat Waren peport e. 1
Date Nw 2fy 2018 Day Monday
51rt T.— 600 AM End re W PM
Working status Day Workup Wlathe sunny
Temp .00. 75, w.m 0-6 Mh
FWrNdrn 0%.ZS% Address:
Faer cale Shwnq
Pachc ' tYerwech - a vawW tat efeaea ww1lar, p^'PP^9 fw n1taW[ion Or 5lswirq
anelgteanAn. aseMen Bke vm twel n trr moaluanw. W equp t and
maclh~e for nRallaben Of sbereen Corhgxntipn r«,ee ney
11" IM - A Croy of tat mob klyd rqupnrrnt are macmrayy 1p pbsee pcatun, semny w
fb Mtruct ShonI q conlqurat,on
supeetterl0ent 1 10 v.a no.y w Pact falOotech Jaime.0- 0
Fco— 10 In Pacft Hyd6naech Onar4o Dim
Labore 1 10 Pwfk Hybptech Luis Pnkelbtatabo
Tp[ 11,000
Labpre 10 Imoto Pmfic wvd reach Jor an i welaete
Foreman t0 Faer cale Shwnq Blue MOn P.Inwk Andersen
POW Drnor 10
Iwel weal
llko Ir— GYn I I O t Plal
Opeslw 10 Crane Operator Blue ken Troy Cense
OPwaf. 10 Fa«IwslerseA w Bk. ken Tery BWA
LabO 1 t0 FaMcata snwvq 8kw kon 0—AluruIwRaenl
Opvalw 1 1p cabrcate srwna ttkt kon Hate batesfeetsem
Fwklat 10 ruler.% Shy w_ 17.000Ibb—
C'_ t r0 Bhae lr r L ~ BOO!
Tp[ 11,000
Eacaraal0 10
ems, ae
MrYrdi JOMOaae
mauraA
POW Drnor 10 PO%_
llko Ir— GYn I I O t Plal
B.Chh- to savawirwaeNin P -ft Hy".n CAT 42OF
Pack Hydrotech is reprtnq to remove approx. 47 of char"Mlorg w the west side of
property tine (Cal Transl/wortzone w Blue Man can fit egtaprnelt needed to moM sheet pees
for Shoring. RR a 001. W 11 reotUaB ferlcing atter every work day for safety and seamy.
Nobfied Luanne Bean regarding request.
SAMPLES
Special Inspection
Material( Equipment Delive,y:
v,s.tw .
Safety! Sne Impact Concerns:
Phntns
t ly
City of Seal Beach I On -Call Professional Inspection Services NV5 28
REFERENCES
Provided below are five (5) references of public agency clients for whom similar inspection services have been performed
that are comparable in quality and scope to that specified in this RFP.
r161
Long Beach Water
LONG BEACH WATER
DEPARTMENT
Abelardo Rendon, PE
Manager of Engineering (LBWD)
562.570.2341
abelardo.rendon@lbwater.org
LBWD Emergency Project
December 2018 -Current)
Our team is providing Construction
Management and Inspection Services for
the completion of an emergency project
for the LBWD. The project is to provide
LBWD a connection to the Los Angeles
County Sanitation District's (LACSD).
Key Personnel
Luanne Bean
CITY OF NEWPORT
BEACH
Mike Sinacori
Acting City Engineer
949.644.3342
msinacori@newportbeachca.gov
On -Call Construction Inspection
Services
January 2019 -Current)
Our team is currently providing the City
with a Construction Inspector to work
on an as -needed basis for various City
projects as they occur.
Key Personnel
Jeffrey Cooper, Craig Wheeler, and
Mark Puglisi
CITY OF LAGUNA BEACH
David W. Shissler
Director of Water Quality
949.497.3311
dshissler@lagunabeachcity.net
On -Call Construction Management
and Inspection Services
2017 -Current)
Our team is currently providing
on-call construction management and
inspection services to the City.
Key Personnel
Peter Salgado, Mike Helma,
and Matt Greer
CITY OF COMPTON
John Strickland
Project Manager
310.605.5505
jstrickland@comptoncity.org
Central Avenue Pavement
Rehabilitation (Phase II) From
Compton Boulevard to City Limits
April 2018 -October 2018)
Our team provided comprehensive
Construction Management and
Inspection Services for the Central
Avenue Pavement Rehabilitation
Project (Phase II).
Key Personnel
Peter Salgado and David Ledyard
CITY OF COSTA MESA
Bart Mejia
City Engineer
714.754.5378
bart.mejia@costamesaca.gov
Harbor Boulevard Bike Trail
April 2016 -September 2016)
Our team provided Construction
Management and Inspection services
for upgrades to the existing bike
trail along the north side of Harbor
Boulevard between Fair Drive and
Merrimac Way.
Key Personnel
Peter Salgado
EXCEPTIONS
NV5 does not have any exceptions or deviations to any portion of the City's RFP or the standard Professional Services
Agreement provided in the RFP.
Fee Schedule
Effective January 1, 2019 through December 31, 2022. If contract assignment extends
beyond that date, a new rate schedule will be added to the contract.
CONSTRUCTION SERVICES
Project Manager/Construction Manager
Office Engineer
Project Controls Engineer
Labor Compliance/Documents Control
Construction Inspector
Surveying (2 -person survey crew)
REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES
Reproduction
Consultant Services
Automobile Transportation
Delivery, Freight, Courier
Agency Fees
Commercial Travel
NNIS
HOURLY RATE
150
120
120
90
138
250
COST
Cost
Cost + 15%
54 per mile
Cost
Cost
Cost
EXHIBIT B
TERMS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LABOR LAW REQUIREMENTS
1. This Agreement calls for services that, in whole or in part, constitute "public works"
as defined in Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 1720) of the
California Labor Code ("Chapter 1"). Further, Consultant acknowledges that this
Agreement is subject to (a) Chapter 1 and (b) the rules and regulations established by
the Department of Industrial Relations ("DIR") implementing such statutes. Therefore, as
to those Services that are "public works", Consultant shall comply with and be bound by
all the terms, rules and regulations described in 1(a) and 1(b) as though set forth in full
herein.
2. California law requires the inclusion of specific Labor Code provisions in certain
contracts. The inclusion of such specific provisions below, whether or not required by
California law, does not alter the meaning or scope of Section 1 above.
3. Consultant shall be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations in
accordance with California Labor Code Section 1725.5, and has provided proof of
registration to City prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement. Consultant shall not
perform work with any subcontractor that is not registered with DIR pursuant to Section
1725.5. Consultant and subcontractors shall maintain their registration with the DIR in
effect throughout the duration of this Agreement. If Consultant or any subcontractor
ceases to be registered with DIR at any time during the duration of the project,
Consultant shall immediately notify City.
4. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.4, Consultant's Services are subject to
compliance monitoring and enforcement by DIR. Consultant shall post job site notices,
as prescribed by DIR regulations.
5. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773.2, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem
wages for each craft, classification, or type of worker needed to perform the Agreement
are on file at City Hall and will be made available to any interested party on request.
Consultant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the DIR determination of such prevailing
rate of per diem wages, and Consultant shall post such rates at each job site covered by
this Agreement.
6. Consultant shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections
1774 and 1775 concerning the payment of prevailing rates of wages to workers and the
penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages. Consultant shall, as a penalty to City, forfeit
200.00 for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the
prevailing rates as determined by the DIR for the work or craft in which the worker is
employed for any public work done pursuant to this Agreement by Consultant or by any
subcontractor.
7. Consultant shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section
1776, which requires Consultant and each subcontractor to: keep accurate payroll
records and verify such records in writing under penalty of perjury, as specified in
Section 1776; certify and make such payroll records available for inspection as provided
by Section 1776; and inform City of the location of the records.
B. Consultant shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections
1777.5, 1777.6 and 1777.7 and California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 200 et
seq. concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects. Consultant
shall be responsible for compliance with these aforementioned Sections for all
apprenticeable occupations. Prior to commencing work under this Agreement,
Consultant shall provide City with a copy of the information submitted to any applicable
apprenticeship program. Within 60 days after concluding work pursuant to this
Agreement, Consultant and each of its subcontractors shall submit to City a verified
statement of the journeyman and apprentice hours performed under this Agreement.
9. Consultant shall not perform Work with any Subcontractor that has been debarred or
suspended pursuant to California Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or
state law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. Consultant and
subcontractors shall not be debarred or suspended throughout the duration of this
Contract pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or state law
providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. If Consultant or any
subcontractor becomes debarred or suspended during the duration of the project,
Consultant shall immediately notify City.
10. Consultant acknowledges that eight hours labor constitutes a legal day's work.
Consultant shall comply with and be bound by Labor Code Section 1810. Consultant
shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1813
concerning penalties for workers who work excess hours. Consultant shall, as a penalty
to City, forfeit $25.00 for each worker employed in the performance of this Agreement by
Consultant or by any subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is
required or permitted to work more than eight hours in any one calendar day and 40
hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Division 2, Part 7,
Chapter 1, Article 3 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1815, work
performed by employees of Consultant in excess of eight hours per day, and 40 hours
during any one week shall be permitted upon public work upon compensation for all
hours worked in excess of eight hours per day at not less than one and one-half times
the basic rate of pay.
11. California Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700 provide that every employer will be
required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees. In accordance with
the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1861, Consultant hereby certifies as
follows:
I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which
require every employer to be insured against liability for workers'
compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the
provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before
commencing the performance of the work of this contract."
12. For every subcontractor who will perform work on the project, Consultant shall be
responsible for such subcontractor's compliance with Chapter 1 and Labor Code
Sections 1860 and 3700, and Consultant shall include in the written contract between it
and each subcontractor a copy of those statutory provisions and a requirement that each
subcontractor shall comply with those statutory provisions. Consultant shall be required
to take all actions necessary to enforce such contractual provisions and ensure
subcontractor's compliance, including without limitation, conducting a periodic review of
the certified payroll records of the subcontractor and upon becoming aware of the failure
of the subcontractor to pay his or her workers the specified prevailing rate of wages.
Consultant shall diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify any failure.
13. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Consultant shall indemnify, hold harmless
and defend (at Consultant's expense with counsel reasonably acceptable to City) City, its
officials, officers, employees, agents and independent contractors serving in the role of
City officials, and volunteers from and against any demand or claim for damages,
compensation, fines, penalties or other amounts arising out of or incidental to any acts or
omissions listed above by any person or entity. (including Consultant, its subcontractors,
and each of their officials, officers, employees and agents) in connection with any work
undertaken or in connection with the Agreement, including without limitation the payment
of all consequential damages, attorneys' fees, and other related costs and expenses. All
duties of Consultant under this Section shall survive the termination of the Agreement.
A o® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
DATE (MMIDD/YYYY)
7/28/2019
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to
the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the
certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
PRODUCER
Cav450 B tr &
Associates
450 B Street, Suite 1800
San Diego CA 92101
NAME: CONTACT Certificate Department
VCONNe Ext): 619-744-0574 ac No : 619-234-8601
E-MAILADDRESS: certificates@cavignac.com
INSURE S AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #
INSURER A: Valley Fore Insurance Company 20508
5/1/2020
INSURED NV51NC0-01
NV5, Inc.
9890 Irvine Center Drive
INSURER B: Continental CasualtyCo. 20443
INSURER C: Continental Insurance Company 35289
INSURER D : National Fire Ins. Hartford 20478Irvine, CA 92618
INSURER E: Berkley Insurance Company 32603
INSURER F :
MED EXP (Any one person) $15,000
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 280714563 REVISION NUMBER:
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
INSRTR TYPE OF INSURANCE
ADDL SUER EFF
POLICY NUMBER MM/DCDIYYYY
MLICYLEXP
D/YYYYMIDY LIMITS
A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Y 6057040530 5/1/2019 5/1/2020 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000
CLAIMS -MADE a OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED
PREMISES Ea occurrence $ 1,000,000
MED EXP (Any one person) $15,000XCrossLiab/Sevin
X $0 Deductible PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000
i
PRO -
POLICY FX ] ECT U LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000
Stop Gap Liability $ 1,000,000OTHER:
B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Y 6057040575 5/1/2019 5/1/2020 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $
Ea accident 1000 000
BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ X ANY AUTO
ALL OWNED SCHEDULED
AUTOS AUTOS
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)$
PROPERTY DAMAGE $
Per accident
NON -OWNED
HIRED AUTOS AUTOS
C X UMBRELLA LIAR X OCCUR CUE6076054554 5/1/2019 5/112020 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 20,000,000
AGGREGATE $20,000,000EXCESSLIABCLAIMS -MADE
DED I X I RETENTION $ 0
D WORKERS COMPENSATION
AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY YIN
WC6057040558 5/1/2019 5/1/2020 X PER OTH-
STATUTE ER
ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N NIA" IA
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000
E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ 1,000,000MyandatoryInNH)
If
DESs,
describe under
CRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT 1 $ 1,000,000
E Professional/ Pollution Liability
AEC902912003 5/1/2019 5/1/2020 Each Claim $10,000,000
I
Aggregate $20,000,000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS 1 LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required)
Re: On Call Inspection Services. Additional Insured coverage applies to General Liability and Automobile Liability for City of Seal Beach per policy form.
Excess/Umbrella policy follows form over underlying policies: General Liability, Auto Liability & Employers Liability (additional insured and waiver of subrogation
apply). Professional Liability - Claims made form, defense costs included within limit.
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
ACORD 25 (2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
City of Seal Beach
211 Eighth Street
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVESealBeach CA 90740
1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
ACORD 25 (2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
CNA
CN
Ed. 10/1(2)
ADDITIONAL INSURED - PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY
It is understood and agreed that this endorsement amends the BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM as follows:
SCHEDULE
Name of Additional Insured Persons Or Organizations
AS REQUIRED BY CONTRACT
1. In conformance with paragraph A.1.c. of Who Is An Insured of Section II — LIABILITY COVERAGE, the person or
organization scheduled above is an insured under this policy.
2. The insurance afforded to the additional insured under this policy will apply on a primary and non-contributory basis if
you have committed it to be so in a written contract or written agreement executed prior to the date of the "accident"
for which the additional insured seeks coverage under this policy.
All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged.
CNA71527XX (10/12)
Page 1 of 1
Insured Name: NV5 GLOBAL, INC.
Copyright CNA AI Rights Reserved.
Policy No: 6057040575
Endorsement No:
Effective Date: 05/ 01/2019
cera
Blanket Additional Insured - Owners, Lessees or
Contractors - with Products -Completed
Operations Coverage Endorsement
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
It is understood and agreed as follows:
I. WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an Insured any person or organization whom you are required
by written contract to add as an additional insured on this coverage part, but only with respect to liability for
bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury caused in whole or in part by your acts or
omissions, or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf:
A. in the performance of your ongoing operations subject to such written contract; or
B. in the performance of your work subject to such written contract, but only with respect to bodily injury or
property damage included in the products -completed operations hazard, and only if. -
1.
f:
1. the written contract requires you to provide the additional insured such coverage; and
2. this coverage part provides such coverage.
II. But if the written contract requires:
A. additional insured coverage under the 11-85 edition, 10-93 edition, or 10-01 edition of CG2010, or under the
10-01 edition of CG2037; or
B. additional insured coverage with "arising out of language; or
C. additional insured coverage to the greatest extent permissible by law;
then paragraph I. above is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an Insured any person or organization whom you are required
by written contract to add as an additional insured on this coverage part, but only with respect to liability for
bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury arising out of your work that is subject to
such written contract.
III. Subject always to the terms and conditions of this policy, including the limits of insurance, the Insurer will not
provide such additional insured with:
A. coverage broader than required by the written contract; or
B. a higher limit of insurance than required by the written contract.
IV. The insurance granted by this endorsement to the additional insured does not apply to bodily injury, property
damage, or personal and advertising injury arising out of:
A. the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering, or surveying services,
including:
1, the preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports,
surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; and
2. supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities; or
B. any premises or work for which the additional insured is specifically listed as an additional insured on another
endorsement attached to this coverage part.
V. Under COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, the Condition entitled Other Insurance is amended
to add the following, which supersedes any provision to the contrary in this Condition or elsewhere in this
coverage part:
Primary and Noncontributory Insurance
CNA75079XX (10-16) Policy No: 6057040530
Page 1 of 2
Effective Date: 05/ 01/2019
Insured Name: NV5 Global, Inc
Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.
Blanket Additional Insured - Owners, Lessees or
Contractors - with Products -Completed
Operations Coverage Endorsement
With respect to other insurance available to the additional insured under which the additional insured is a named
insured, this insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from such other insurance, provided that a
written contract requires the insurance provided by this policy to be:
1. primary and non-contributing with other insurance available to the additional insured; or
2. primary and to not seek contribution from any other insurance available to the additional insured.
But except as specified above, this insurance will be excess of all other insurance available to the additional
insured.
VI. Solely with respect to the insurance granted by this endorsement, the section entitled COMMERCIAL GENERAL
LIABILITY CONDITIONS is amended as follows:
The Condition entitled Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit is amended with the addition
of the following:
Any additional insured pursuant to this endorsement will as soon as practicable:
1. give the Insurer written notice of any claim, or any occurrence or offense which may result in a claim;
2. send the Insurer copies of all legal papers received, and otherwise cooperate with the Insurer in the
investigation, defense, or settlement of the claim; and
3. make available any other insurance, and tender the defense and indemnity of any claim to any other insurer
or self -insurer, whose policy or program applies to a loss that the Insurer covers under this coverage part.
However, if the written contract requires this insurance to be primary and non-contributory, this paragraph 3.
does not apply to insurance on which the additional insured is a named insured.
The Insurer has no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured under this endorsement until the Insurer
receives written notice of a claim from the additional insured.
VII. Solely with respect to the insurance granted by this endorsement, the section entitled DEFINITIONS is amended
to add the following definition:
Written contract means a written contract or written agreement that requires you to make a person or
organization an additional insured on this coverage part, provided the contract or agreement:
A. is currently in effect or becomes effective during the term of this policy; and
B. was executed prior to. -
1.
o:
1. the bodily injury or property damage; or
2. the offense that caused the personal and advertising injury;
for which the additional insured seeks coverage.
Any coverage granted by this endorsement shall apply solely to the extent permissible by law.
All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged.
This endorsement, which forms a part of and is for attachment to the Policy issued by the designated Insurers, takes
effect on the effective date of said Policy at the hour stated in said Policy, unless another effective date is shown
below, and expires concurrently with said Policy.
CNA75079XX (10-16) Policy O: 6057040530
Page 2 of 2
Effective Date: 05/01/2019
Insured Name: NV5 Global, Inc.
Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.
Policy No: 6057040530
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
SCHEDULE
Name Of Person Or Organization:
Any person or organization against whom you have agreed to waive such right of recovery
in a written contract or agreement.
Information reauired to complete this Schedule. if not shown above. will be shown in the Declarations
It is understood and agreed that the condition entitled Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To The
Insurer is amended by the addition of the following:
Solely with respect to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above, the Insurer waives any right of
recovery the Insurer may have against such person or organization because of payments the Insurer makes for
injury or damage arising out of the Named Insured's ongoing operations or your work done under a contract
with that person or organization and included in the products -completed operations hazard.
All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged.
This endorsement, which forms a part of and is for attachment to the Policy issued by the designated Insurers,
takes effect on the effective date of said Policy at the hour stated in said Policy, unless another effective date is
shown below, and expires concurrently with said Policy.
1
AMENDMENT NO. 2
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
for
On-Call Professional Inspection Services
between
City of Seal Beach
211 - 8th Street
Seal Beach, CA 90740
&
NV5, Inc.
163 Technology Drive, Suite 100
Irvine, CA 92618
(949) 419-3030
This Amendment No. 2, dated November 8, 2021, amends that certain agreement
(“Agreement”) dated July 22, 2019, as previously amended by Amendment No. 1 dated July
22, 2019, by and between the City of Seal Beach (“City”), a California charter city, and NV5,
Inc. (“Consultant”), a California corporation.
2
RECITALS
A. Effective July 22, 2019, City and Consultant entered into an Agreement for
Consultant to provide On-Call Professional Inspection Services.
B. Effective July 22, 2019, City and consultant entered in an amendment to the
Agreement (Amendment No. 1) to clarify the contract indemnification obligations.
C. City and Consultant wish to amend the Agreement, as previously amended by
Amendment No. 1, for Consultant to provide additional on-call professional inspection services,
and to increase Consultant’s compensation by $225,000 for those additional services for a
revised total compensation in the not-to-exceed amount of $465,000 as provided herein.
AMENDMENT NO. 2
NOW, THEREFORE and in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual
covenants and promises herein set forth, the parties agree to amend the Agreement as
follows:
Section 1. Section 3.0 (Consultant’s Compensation) of the Agreement is hereby
amended in its entirety to read as follows:
“3.0 Consultant’s Compensation
“ 3.1 City will pay Consultant in accordance with the hourly rates
shown on the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit A for Services, and Exhibit A-
2 for Additional Services, but in no event will the City pay more than the
total not-to-exceed amount of $465,000 for the Services (Exhibit A) and
Additional Services (Exhibit A-2) for the Original Term. Any additional work
authorized by the City pursuant to Section 1.5 will be compensated in
accordance with the fee schedules set forth in Exhibits A and A-2, and shall
not exceed the amount authorized by the City Council at time of award or
amendment.
3.2 In the event that City elects to extend the Original Term in
accordance with Section 2.2 of the Agreement, City will pay Consultant in
accordance with the hourly rates shown on the fee schedule set forth in
Exhibit A for Services, and Exhibit A-2 for Additional Services, but in no
event will the City pay more than the total not-to-exceed amount of
$360,000 for the Services (Exhibit A) and Additional Services (Exhibit A-2)
for each extension.”
Section 3. Section 14.0 (Safety Requirements) of the Agreement is hereby revised to
require the Consultant to comply with all applicable COVID-19 public health regulations and
industry safety orders, to read as follows:
“14.0 Safety Requirements
All work and other Services performed under this Agreement shall be
performed in such a manner as to provide safety to the public and to meet or
exceed the safety standards outlined by CAL OSHA and other applicable local,
3
state and federal laws, industry safety orders and/or health orders. Consultant’s
obligations shall include but are not limited to, the requirement to comply with all
applicable COVID-19 social distancing requirements, daily monitoring and
recordkeeping requirements when Consultant’s employees come onsite, and other
applicable provisions of any applicable industry safety standards and/or health
orders issued by the County of Orange, City of Seal Beach, and/or any other
federal, state or local agency with jurisdiction over the City and/or Consultant, during
Consultant’s performance of the Project. The City may issue restraint or cease and
desist orders to Consultant when unsafe or harmful acts are observed or reported
relative to the performance of the Services. Consultant shall maintain the work sites
free of hazards to persons and property resulting from its operations. Consultant
shall immediately report to the City any hazardous condition noted by Consultant.”
Section 3. Section 29.0 (Non-Appropriation of Funds) is hereby added to the Agreement to
read as follows:
“29.0 Non-Appropriation of Funds
Payments to be made to Consultant by City for any Services performed
within the current fiscal year are within the current fiscal budget and within an
available, unexhausted fund. In the event that City does not appropriate sufficient
funds for payment of Consultant’s Services beyond the current fiscal year, this
Agreement shall cover payment for Consultant’s Services only to the conclusion of
the last fiscal year in which City appropriates sufficient funds and shall automatically
terminate at the conclusion of such fiscal year.
Section 4. All references to the term “Agreement” throughout Sections 1.0 through 29.0,
inclusive, of the Agreement are hereby modified to include the Agreement dated July 22, 2019,
Amendment No. 1 dated July 22, 2019, and this Amendment No. 2 dated November 8, 2021, as
if all of those terms are fully set forth therein.
Section 5. Except as expressly modified or supplemented by this Amendment No. 2, all
other provisions of the Agreement, as previously amended by Amendment No. 1, shall remain
unaltered and in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this
Amendment No. 2 and the provisions of the Agreement and/or Amendment No. 1, the provisions
of this Amendment No. 2 shall control.
Section 6. The persons executing this Amendment No. 2 on behalf of Consultant warrants
that he or she is each duly authorized to execute this Amendment No. 2 on behalf of said Party
and that by his or her execution, Consultant is formally bound to the provisions of this
Amendment No. 2.
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 2
to be executed and attested by their proper officers thereunto:
CITY OF SEAL BEACH
By:
Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
Attest:
By:
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
Approved as to Form:
By:
Craig A. Steele, City Attorney
CONSULTANT: NV5, Inc. a California
corporation
By:
Name: Jeffrey M Cooper
Its: Vice President
By:
Name: MaryJo OBrien
Its: Corporate Secretary
(Please note, two signatures required for corporations
under Corp. Code §313, unless corporate documents
authorize only one person to sign this Agreement on
behalf of the corporation.)
5
EXHIBIT A-2 – Additional Services
163 Technology Drive, Suite 100 | Irvine, CA 92618 | www.NV5.com | Office 949.585.0477
October 25, 2021
City of Seal Beach
Attn: Iris Lee, PE
Deputy Director of Public Works/City Engineer
211 Eighth Street
Seal Beach, CA 90740
SUBJECT: On-Call Construction Inspection Services –Amendment No. 2
Dear Ms. Lee,
NV5, Inc. respectfully requests an amendment to the subject contract for additional funds to
continue providing on-call construction inspection services to the City of Seal Beach (City). Currently
we are providing the services of one full-time inspector in addition to a part-time inspector.
The City has requested that NV5 analyze the City’s needs with the OC405 project for Construction
Inspection through project completion of 2023. The OC405 and its associated projects are very
volatile with four to five permits already on this project, which include the following so far:
DPW04270 Lampson Intersection & 405 Left Turn which is almost complete
DPW4099 North Gate Road will continue for quite some time on the reconstruction of the
wall
DPW04311 Almond Wall Demo (OC405) which is three or four months ahead of North Gate
and our inspectors will need to check that City traffic is not negatively impacted
SS1802 Old Ranch Parkway Manholes is inactive at the moment as the MH’s on North
Gate Road are completed. Old Ranch Parkway will need to be completed once the on-ramp
is done
ST1809 Is for other 405 work that does not have a specific City permit number
NV5 anticipates that the above permits represent a sample of the OC405 work that will be ongoing,
either under these permits or under new OC405 permits. Therefore, NV5 has analyzed these
OC405 permits from May 1 through September 30, 2021 to understand the OC405 project needs.
From May 1 through September 30, 2021, there are 149 working days (Monday through Friday),
and at times, NV5 has spent nights and weekends on the OC405 projects for a total of 129 hours
out of the 990 hours total of Seal Beach inspections in this time period. Moving forward, NV5 would
anticipate at least this much involvement and perhaps up to 20% more inspection needed in
support of the OC405 project in Seal Beach. Therefore, we could assume approximately 16% of our
total inspection hours and budget would need to be allocated to OC405.
Similarly, the City has also asked NV5 to analyze the future needs of the OC San project
(DPW04065). Again, from May 1 through September 30, 2021, there are 149 working days
(Monday through Friday), and at times, NV5 has spent nights and weekends on the OC San projects
for a total of 90 hours out of the 990 hours total of Seal Beach inspections in this time period.
Moving forward, NV5 would anticipate at least this much involvement and perhaps up to 20% more
inspection needed in support of the OC San project in Seal Beach. Therefore, we could assume
approximately 11% of our total inspection hours and budget would need to be allocated to OC San.
163 Technology Drive, Suite 100 | Irvine, CA 92618 | www.NV5.com | Office 949.585.0477
Our remaining funds already in place for this contract will allow us to continue to provide coverage
through approximately mid-November 2021, which comes from the last Purchase Order (PO
17539), assuming one full-time and one part-time inspector at $138 per hour, plus mileage
between project sites.
Per the City’s request, in order to continue to serve the City’s inspection projects, NV5 estimates the
following needs for these continued services:
Time Period OC 405
(16% of
Total) *
OC San
(11% of
Total) *
City's Other
Inspection
Projects
Remaining
Contract
Allocations
Totals
Nov 2021 through June 10, 2022 $ 36,000 $ 24,750 $ 164,250 -$ 0 $ 225,000
June 11, 2022 through June 10,
2023
$ 56,000 $ 38,500 $ 255,500 -$ 80,000 $ 280,000
June 11, 2023 through June 10,
2024 **
$ 32,036 $ 22,025 $ 305,939 -$ 80,000 $ 280,000
* Estimated to Complete December 2023 (203 CD out of 365 CD)
** Includes a 3% hourly rate increase from $138 to $142 for Inspectors
We look forward to the opportunity to continue to work with the City and help you achieve your goals
and objectives. If you have any questions please don’t hesitate to contact me at (951) 377-1566 or
by email at luanne.bean@nv5.com
Sincerely,
NV5, Inc.
Luanne Bean, PE
Director of Water &
Wastewater Operations
PN: P27021-0001740.00
Jeffrey M. Cooper, PE
Vice President
Agenda Item E
AGENDA STAFF REPORT
DATE:November 8, 2021
TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council
THRU:Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
FROM:Philip Gonshak, Chief of Police
SUBJECT:Approval of a Joint Agreement with the County of Orange
for the new 800 MHz Countywide Coordinated
Communication System (CCCS)
________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF REQUEST:
That the City Council adopt Resolution 7215:
1. Approving an agreement between the City of Seal Beach and the County of
Orange County for the 800 Megahertz Countywide Coordinated
Communications System, which serves as the County's public safety radio
system; and,
2. Authorizing the City Manager to execute the agreement.
BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS:
On February 6, 1996, the Orange County Board of Supervisors (Board) approved
the original Joint Agreement (Agreement) for the Implementation and Operation of
the Orange County 800 MHz Countywide Coordinated Communications System
(CCCS). The Orange County Sheriff-Coroner Department (Sheriff) operates and
maintains the 800 MHz CCCS, which provides centralized, interoperable voice
radio communications for Orange County and its 34 cities, including all public
safety and public service agencies, as well as a number of private, state and
federal agencies that provide support to the above agencies and/or have relevant
communications requirements. The 800 MHz CCCS is funded by the CCCS
partnership in accordance with the financial requirements outlined in the
Agreement.
The original agreement addressed city and county partnership responsibilities and
financial obligations for the implementation of the 800 MHz CCCS in Orange
County. It was executed by the then 31 cities and the Orange County Fire Authority
(OCFA). The agreement was amended by the Board on June 24, 2003, to include
the capital improvement cost-sharing agreement negotiated by the County with the
34 cities and OCFA and replaced the original Joint Agreement.
Page 2
1
1
3
1
On November 23, 2004, the current Joint Agreement for the Operation,
Maintenance and Financial Management of the CCCS was entered into by the
County, its 34 cities and other partnership agencies, replacing the original 1996
Agreement and subsequent 2003 amendment with the intent to define the post-
implementation operational, technical and financial requirements and guidelines
for the CCCS going forward. On June 2, 2015, the Board approved the current
version of the Joint Agreement currently in place.
The proposed re-write of the Joint Agreement establishes the technical,
operational, and financial requirements for all agencies participating in the CCCS.
This includes establishing financial parameters for the year to year cost and for the
costs of necessary system upgrades in the future. This also includes establishing
bylaws for the Governance Committee.
The re-written Agreement was presented to the Governance Committee at the
April 28, 2021 Governance Committee Meeting. The Governance Committee
approved the rewrite and recommended submitting to the Board for approval. The
rewritten Agreement was presented to the City Managers of the Partner Agencies
to seek input and revisions. All revisions received were incorporated into the
document. The Partner Agencies, which include 34 Orange County cities, OCFA,
Orange County Transportation Authority, Orange County Lifeguards, Irvine Valley
College Police Department, and the Santa Ana Unified School District Police
Department, have confirmed their continued participation in the CCCS.
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT:
This item is not subject to the California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to
Section 15061(b)(3) of the CEQA Guidelines because it can be seen with certainty
that the approval of the agreement with Orange County 800 Megahertz
Countywide Coordinated Communications System will not have a significant effect
on the environment.
LEGAL ANALYSIS:
The City Attorney has reviewed and approved as to form.
FINANCIAL IMPACT:
Under the current agreement the City of Seal Beach cost allocation is $53,134 and
the new cost allocation for next fiscal year will be $58,698. The increase totals
$5,564 or approximately 10.5% and will be effective for Fiscal Year 2022-23.
STRATEGIC PLAN:
This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan.
Page 3
1
1
3
1
MEASURE BB:
This item is not applicable to Measure BB, the Seal Beach Neighborhood and
Essential Services Protection Measure.
RECOMMENDATION:
That the City Council adopt Resolution 7215:
1. Approving an agreement between the City of Seal Beach and the County of
Orange County for the 800 Megahertz Countywide Coordinated
Communications System, which serves as the County's public safety radio
system; and,
2. Authorizing the City Manager to execute the agreement.
SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED:
Philip L. Gonshak Jill R. Ingram
Philip L. Gonshak,
Chief of Police
Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
Prepared by: Michael Ezroj, Support Services Captain
ATTACHMENTS:
A. Resolution 7215
B. Joint Agreement
C. Comparison Chart
D. Cost Allocation
E. Signature Page
RESOLUTION 7215
A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL
APPROVING THE JOINT AGREEMENT WITH THE COUNTY OF ORANGE FOR
THE NEW 800MHz COUNTYWIDE COORDINATION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
(CCCS) AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE THE
AGREEMENT
WHEREAS The City Council hereby approves the agreement with the
County of Orange for 800 MHz Communication System (CCCS); and,
WHEREAS the countywide 800 MHz, is a valuable tool for the City of Seal
Beach, as it allows for encrypted communication within Orange County; and,
WHEREAS The revisions to this agreement considered input from The
Partner Agencies, which include 34 Orange County cities, the Orange County Fire
Authority, Orange County Transportation Authority, Orange County Lifeguards,
Irvine Valley College Police Department, and the Santa Ana Unified School District
Police Department; and,
WHEREAS the fiscal impact to the city will be $58,698, as budgeted.
THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL DOES HEREBY RESOLVE:
Section 1. The Council hereby authorizes the City Manager or her designee to
execute on behalf of the City of Seal Beach all contracts and necessary documents
and amendments in relation thereto.
PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a
regular meeting held on the 8th day of November, 2021 by the following vote:
AYES: Council Members
NOES: Council Members
ABSENT: Council Members
ABSTAIN: Council Members
Joe Kalmick, Mayor
ATTEST:
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
6
4
0
3
STATE OF CALIFORNIA }
COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS
CITY OF SEAL BEACH }
I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the
foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7215 on file in the office of
the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular
meeting held on the 8th day of November, 2021.
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
2
Contents
1.0 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................ 4
1.1 System ........................................................................................................................................... 4
1.2 Definition of Terms ....................................................................................................................... 4
1.3 Amendment Process ...................................................................................................................... 6
1.4 Liability ......................................................................................................................................... 6
2.0 GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE ...................................................................................................... 7
2.1 Governance Committee Authority ................................................................................................ 7
2.2 Governance Committee Member Appointment ............................................................................ 7
2.3 Governance Committee Purpose ................................................................................................... 7
3.0 MEMBERS TO THE SYSTEM ....................................................................................................... 8
3.1 Lead Agency ................................................................................................................................. 8
3.2 Partner Agencies ........................................................................................................................... 8
3.2.1 New Partner Agencies ........................................................................................................... 8
3.2.2 Sponsored Agencies .................................................................................................................. 9
3.3 Mutual Aid Agencies .................................................................................................................... 9
3.3.1 Mutual Aid Agency Approval Process: ................................................................................ 9
3.3.2 Mutual Aid Agency Access and Limitations ...................................................................... 10
3.3.3 Mutual Aid Agency Financial Responsiblities ................................................................... 10
4.0 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION ..................................................................................................... 10
4.1 System Equipment ...................................................................................................................... 10
4.2 System Subscriber Equipment .................................................................................................... 10
4.3 Dispatch Centers ......................................................................................................................... 10
4.3.1 Dispatch Center Equipment ................................................................................................ 11
4.3.1.1 Dispatch Center Required Equipment Upgrades ............................................................ 11
4.3.1.2 Dispatch Center Non-Required Equipment Upgrades .................................................... 11
4.4 System Modifications ................................................................................................................. 11
4.4.1 System Modifications requiring Governance Committee Approval ................................... 11
4.4.2 System Modification by Lead Agency ................................................................................ 12
4.4.3 System Modifications requested by Partners Agencies ...................................................... 12
4.5 Security ....................................................................................................................................... 12
4.6 Maintenance & Service Contracts ............................................................................................... 13
4.7 System Standard Operating Procedures ...................................................................................... 13
4.8 Partner Agency Operational Policies and Procedures ................................................................. 13
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 2 of 83
3
5.0 FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION ............................................................................................... 13
5.1 Governance Committee Financial Authority .............................................................................. 13
5.2 Partner Agencies Financial Obligations ...................................................................................... 13
5.2.4 Mutual Aid Agencies .......................................................................................................... 14
5.3 System Operations Budget .......................................................................................................... 15
5.3.1 Partner Agency Cost ........................................................................................................... 15
5.3.2 Payment Remittance ........................................................................................................... 15
5.4 Year End Settlement ................................................................................................................... 15
5.5 Ten-Year Plan ............................................................................................................................. 15
5.6 Reserve Fund .............................................................................................................................. 16
5.6.1.1 Contributions by Partner Agencies ..................................................................................... 16
5.6.1.2 System Entry Fees .............................................................................................................. 16
5.6.1.3 System Operation Budget Surplus ...................................................................................... 16
5.7 System Modification Cost ........................................................................................................... 16
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 3 of 83
4
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 System
The 800 MHz Countywide Coordinated Communications System (800 MHz CCCS) will be
referred to as the “System.” The System shall be maintained by the Orange County Sheriff-
Coroner Department’s Technology Division (hereinafter referred to as “Lead Agency”).
1.2 Definition of Terms
• “System” is defined as a multichannel digital trunked radio communications system enabling
interoperability among all participating City and County law, fire, public works, and
lifeguard/marine safety departments. The System components also include transmitting
/receiving sites, microwave networks, IP networks, dispatch consoles, control stations, and
field equipment (mobile and portable radios).
• “Governance Committee” is established by the Board of Supervisors and Partner Agencies to
the Joint Agreement to facilitate the operation, maintenance, and financial management of the
system. The Governance Committee is comprised of nine (9) members as identified in the
Governance Committee Bylaws, attached hereto as Attachment A.
• “Governing Authorities” are the City Councils, the Orange County Board of Supervisors, and
the Orange County Fire Authority Board of the Partner Agencies, responsible for approving
certain substantive modifications or amendments to this agreement where such approval
authority has not been expressly delegated to the Governance Committee.
• “Law Enforcement Agency” is defined as all governmental Law Enforcement Agencies
operating primarily within the limits of Orange County, including, but not limited to: Orange
County Sheriff-Coroner Department, Orange County City Police Departments, Orange
County District Attorney’s Office, and Orange County Probation Department.
• “Lead Agency” is designated to be the Orange County Sheriff’s Department (OCSD)
Technology Division that will be responsible to manage, maintain, and enhance the System
and its respective Standard Operating Procedures (SOP).
• “Marine Safety” is defined as and shall include all governmental and private lifeguard
agencies operating primarily within the limits of Orange County.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 4 of 83
5
• “Member Agency” is defined as an agency authorized by the Governance Committee to use
the System. Members include the Lead Agency and Partner Agencies.
• “Mobile Radio” is defined as two-way radio equipment installed in a vehicle to provide
communications for the vehicle operator.
• “Mutual Aid Provider” is any governmental organization not otherwise defined in this
Agreement that will provide short term assistance across jurisdictional boundaries during an
emergency or planned event that exceeds local resources. Mutual aid use of the System will
be restricted to the timeframe of the mutual aid incident.
• “New Partner Agency” are Partner Agencies added after the adoption of this Joint
Agreement.
• “Parties” are all those entities that are authorized users of the System and have signed this
agreement.
• “Partner Agency” are authorized subscribers to the system who agree to share in the System
Operational Costs to administer, maintain, and upgrade the technology by providing recurring
rate schedule payments.
• “Portable Radio” is a two-way radio equipment that is rechargeable, and handheld or belt
carried.
• “Radio Site” is defined as a location, which consists of a building, systems within the
building, and a tower.
• “Sponsored Agency” is any agency approved to use the System under sponsorship of a
Partner Agency.
• “Sponsoring Partner Agency” is a Partner Agency that wishes to sponsor a Sponsored
Agency.
• “Subscriber Unit” is defined as the subscriber radios and other devices that utilize the System.
This includes dispatch operator positions, mobile radios, portable radios, cellular based
devices and any other device that allows a user to communicate over the System.
• “System infrastructure” is defined as all associated radio and support equipment required to
establish a radio network on which user radios can operate to communicate throughout the
County of Orange. System infrastructure includes, but is not limited to, servers, switches,
routers, data lines, base station radios, microwave technology, and firewalls.
• “System Operational Costs” are the expenses required to administer, maintain, and update the
System.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 5 of 83
6
• “System Modification” is any change in operational procedure or technology that requires
alteration to the System.
• “System Subscriber Equipment” is defined as all equipment used to support user access to the
System including Subscriber Units and other supporting equipment such as dispatch center
console equipment, antennas, batteries, etc.
• “System User” is defined as an individual or agency authorized to access the System.
• “System Watch Network Operation Center” is a Lead Agency staffed support center
responsible for the 24/7 support of the System. This includes but not limited to, live
monitoring, notifications, troubleshooting, callouts, and repair.
• “Talkgroups” are used to identify groups of users who communicate together on a trunked
radio system.
1.3 Amendment Process
The Governance Committee is authorized to make future updates, amendments, or modifications
to the Agreement and its attachments without further action of the Governing Authorities, so long
as the updates, amendments, or modifications to the Agreement and its attachments would result
in minor, non-substantive changes that do not create or increase the financial obligations of the
Partner Agencies. Where the Governance Committee is authorized to make such updates,
amendments, or modification, such delegated authority shall be expressly granted in this
agreement.
This agreement may also be amended or modified by the consent of all of the Governing
Authorities representing the Partner Agencies.
1.4 Liability
Each Party of this Agreement (the “Indemnitor”) shall indemnify, defend, and hold all other
Parties, and their agents and employees (the “Indemnitees”) harmless from all claims, liabilities,
damages, and losses to the Indemnitees arising out of any acts or omissions of itself and its agents
and employees in connection with the performance of this agreement which acts or omissions
constitute gross negligence.
1.5 Withdrawal from System
Any Party may withdraw from this Agreement by serving written notice to the Governance
Committee of their intent to withdraw. Due to the cost distribution model used to fund the
operation of the System, any Party withdrawing from this Agreement will financially impact the
remaining Parties. As such, Parties wishing to withdraw from this Agreement shall do the
following:
1) Withdrawing Party provides written notice twelve months prior of withdrawal after
meeting its financial obligations under this agreement.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 6 of 83
7
2) Withdrawing Party will attend the Governance Committee meeting following their
submittal to discuss withdrawal process.
3) Withdrawing Party will work with the Lead Agency to effect the withdrawal.
4) Withdrawing Party will make all Operational Cost payment obligations for the full
fiscal year of the withdrawal.
5) Withdrawing Party will be responsible for all Lead Agency Costs associated with the
withdrawal process.
Withdrawing Party will not be responsible for any financial obligations assumed by the other
Partner agencies subsequent to withdrawal and upon fulfillment of existing financial obligations.
Similarly, it is understood that the County of Orange has ownership of the System and certain
sites as well as FCC licenses presently issued to the County, and upon any withdrawal by any
Parties to the Agreement, any and all right, title, and interests in the System, those sites and FCC
licenses shall remain with the County. Should the County of Orange wish to withdraw, an orderly
transition to the remaining Parties must be affected.
2.0 GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE
2.1 Governance Committee Authority
The Governance Committee shall be governed in accordance with the Governance Committee
Bylaws attached hereto as Attachment A. Any future updated revisions or amendments to the
Governance Committee Bylaws shall be deemed adopted by this agreement without further action
of the Governing Authorities.
2.2 Governance Committee Member Appointment
The Governance Committee shall be comprised of nine (9) members, as identified below. It will
also be responsible for coordinating with their appropriate associations/agencies on issues
involving the appropriate Governing Authorities approvals:
• Four City Managers appointed by the Orange County City Managers’ Association
• Orange County Chief Executive Officer, or Designee
• Orange County Sheriff-Coroner, or Designee
• Orange County Public Works Deputy Director, or Designee
• Orange County Chief of Police & Sheriffs Association (OCCOPSA) Chief or Designee not
from a city currently represented on the governance committee
• Orange County Fire Chiefs Association (OCFCA) Fire Chief or Designee not from a city
currently represented on the governance committee
2.3 Governance Committee Purpose
The Governance Committee oversees all aspects of the implementation, operation, and fiscal
management of the system, including but not limited to, the following:
• Approving System operational policies
• Addressing System operational issues
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 7 of 83
8
• Resolving operational policy or fiscal matter disputes of Partner Agencies.
• Addressing System facilities development
• Reviewing and approving modification and enhancement plans
• Approving contract pricing changes
• Approving Annual System Operational Budget and Cost Sharing Allocations.
• Approving 10 year capital plans and allocation of Reserve Fund for required upgrades.
• Approving New Partner Agencies.
• Approving Sponsored Agencies.
3.0 MEMBERS TO THE SYSTEM
Members are all agencies authorized by the Governance Committee to use the system and who have
signed this agreement.
3.1 Lead Agency
The lead agency is designated to be the Orange County Sheriff’s Department Technology
Division and will manage, maintain, and enhance the system. Lead Agency is responsible for
System Administration as outlined in Section 4 below.
3.2 Partner Agencies
Partner Agencies are authorized subscribers to the System who have signed this Joint Agreement
or added as New Partner Agencies via the process outlined in 3.2.1 below. Partner agencies agree
to share in the System Operational Costs and System Maintenance Costs as outlined in Section 5
below.
3.2.1 New Partner Agencies
Agencies that wish to become an authorized subscriber to the System may be added as a
New Partner Agency via the following steps:
1) The prospective New Partner Agency submits an official request, in writing, to the
Lead Agency requesting to join as a Partner Agency.
2) Lead Agency gathers additional information from requesting New Partner Agency to
determine the feasibility of the request and the potential impact on the System
operation and the existing Members.
3) The Lead Agency processes the request to obtain approval.
4) Lead Agency presents the request to the Governance Committee along with previous
approvals from appropriate Governing Authorities. Governance Committee will
determine final approval or denial of the request.
5) Once all approvals have been obtained, requesting New Partner Agency will execute
a copy of this agreement along with the associated New Partner Agency forms
identified in Attachment B.
6) The approved New Partner Agency will purchase necessary radio equipment and
arrange to pay associated New Partner Agency costs described in in 5.2 below.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 8 of 83
9
3.2.2 Sponsored Agencies
Partner Agencies may, with Lead Agency review and Governance Committee Approval,
sponsor non-partner agencies to participate in the system.
3.2.2.1 Sponsored Agencies Approval Process:
1) Sponsoring Partner Agency submits to the Lead Agency an official
written request to add a Sponsored Agency.
2) Lead Agency gathers relevant information from Sponsoring Partner
Agency to determine the feasibility of the request and the potential
impact on the System Operation and the existing Members.
3) Lead Agency reviews all available information to determine the
feasibility of the request to add the Sponsored Agency. Lead Agency
shall work with the Sponsoring Partner Agency to determine the
additional costs to the Sponsoring Partner Agency.
4). Lead Agency presents the request to the Governance Committee at a
Governance Committee Meeting. Governance Committee shall approve
or deny the addition of the Sponsored Agency.
3.2.2.2 Sponsored Agency Access and Limitations
Sponsored Agencies are only allowed access to use the common
talkgroups/channels and select agency specific talkgroups/channels of
the sponsoring Partner Agency, as recommended by the Lead Agency
and approved by the Governance Committee. Sponsored Agencies do not
have a role in defining the operation of the System. The inclusion or
exclusion of Sponsored Agencies in the System will be determined by
the Governance Committee and will be reviewed annually or as needed.
Partner Agencies shall be responsible for any System use by a Sponsored
Agency. Sponsored Agencies must use the same common talkgroups as
the sponsoring Partner Agency.
3.2.2.3. Sponsored Agency Financial Responsibilities
Sponsored Agency financial responsibilities are outlined in section 5.2.4
below.
3.3 Mutual Aid Agencies
Certain governmental agencies may, with Lead Agency review and Governance
Committee Approval, be granted access to the System for the express purpose of
providing mutual aid to Partner Agencies. Mutual Aid agencies are limited to and
identified within ATTACHMENT C
3.3.1 Mutual Aid Agency Approval Process:
1) Any Partner Agency may submit to the Lead Agency an official written
request to add a Mutual Aid Agency.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 9 of 83
10
2) Lead Agency gathers relevant information to determine the feasibility of the
request and the potential benefit to existing Partner Agencies and overall public
safety in Orange County.
4) Lead Agency presents the request to the Governance Committtee at a
Governance Committee meeting. The Governance Committee shall approve or
disapprove the addition of the Mutual Aid Agency.
3.3.2 Mutual Aid Agency Access and Limitations
Mutual Aid Agencies are only allowed access to use the common
talkgroups/channels and the mutual aid channels associated with other systems
that are included in our radio programming. Mutual Aid Agency use of the
System is restricted to the actual duration of a mutual aid incident. Mutual Aid
Agencies do not have a role in defining the operation of the System. The
inclusion or exclusion of Mutual Aid Agencies in the System will be determined
by the Governance Committee and will be reviewed annually or as needed.
3.3.3 Mutual Aid Agency Financial Responsiblities
Mutual Aid Agency financial responsibilities are outlined in section 5.2.5 below.
4.0 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
The Lead Agency shall have the authority and responsibility to maintain the proper operation of the
System. The Lead Agency shall be responsible for maintaining, managing, and operating the System,
which includes staffing the System Watch Network Operations Center on a continual basis (e.g.,
24x7x365), assuring the seamless operation of the System.
4.1 System Equipment
The Lead Agency shall approve and evaluate all equipment and new technology for use with the
system to ensure that it meets the requisite technical standards and requirements. Approved
equipment must meet the standards set by the Federal Communication Commission as well as any
Federal, State, and Local Laws.
4.2 System Subscriber Equipment
Each Member Agency is responsible for the maintenance, management, and operation of its
System Subscriber Equipment. A Member Agency may establish a System Subscriber Equipment
maintenance contract with the Lead Agency.
Prior to making any modifications to System Subscriber Equipment, including but not limited to
adding radios or alteration to dispatch center equipment, Member Agencies must request such
modifications to be reviewed and approved by the Lead Agency as outlined in section 4.4.
4.3 Dispatch Centers
Member Agencies may operate their own Dispatch Centers at their discretion. Individual
Member Agencies that manage their own Dispatch Centers shall be responsible for the day to day
maintenance, management, and operation of those Dispatch Centers, equipment and associated
facilities. Day to day dispatch operations and protocols shall be left to the individual Members
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 10 of 83
11
Agencies. The Lead Agency will not be responsible for the maintenance or management of
Members Agencies’ individual Dispatch Centers unless a Member User contracts with the Lead
Agency for maintenance, management, or operations.
4.3.1 Dispatch Center Equipment
Dispatch Center Equipment must meet the technical standards as outlined in Section 4.1.
4.3.1.1 Dispatch Center Required Equipment Upgrades
The Governance Committee may mandate equipment upgrades for Member
Agencies Dispatch Center Equipment. If the Governance Committee mandates
an Equipment Upgrade to Members Agencies’ Dispatch Center Equipment, then
the Members Agencies must upgrade their equipment as directed by the
Governance Committee.
4.3.1.2 Dispatch Center Non-Required Equipment Upgrades
Members Agencies may upgrade their Dispatch Center equipment and associated
facilities at their own cost without coordination with the Lead Agency so long as
the upgrade will not adversely affect the System itself. However, Member
Agencies must coordinate with the Lead Agency as outlined in the System
Modifications section 4.4, below, when upgrading or modifying any Dispatch
Center equipment vital to the operation of the System. Dispatch Center
Equipment modification requiring coordination with the Lead Agency includes,
but is not limited to: computer equipment, software, consoles, routers, switches,
gateways, firewalls, control stations, and antenna systems.
4.4 System Modifications
The System will require occasional routine modifications, which shall be conducted as outlined in
this section.
4.4.1 System Modifications requiring Governance Committee Approval
The following System Modifications require the pre-approval of the Governance
Committee, as outlined in the Governance Committee By-Laws:
A. Addition of any New Member Agencies to the System.
B. Any modification that adds a financial burden shared by the Member Agencies.
C. Any modification that would affect a System User other than the requesting
Member Agency.
The Lead Agency is required to provide a report and recommendation to the Governance
Committee on any proposed System Modification that requires Governance Committee
approval. The Lead Agency report and recommendation must provide a financial
analysis of the System Modification, if appropriate, and an estimated timeline to
complete the System Modification.
The Lead Agency is responsible for implementing any Governance Committee approved
modification.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 11 of 83
12
4.4.2 System Modification by Lead Agency
The Lead Agency is authorized to perform System Modifications, as necessary. The
Lead Agency has the discretion to implement System Modifications without prior
Governance Committee Approval, so long as the modification does not require
Governance Committee approval as listed in Section 4.4.1 of this agreement, and does
not cause unanticipated or unbudgeted costs to Member Agencies.
4.4.3 System Modifications requested by Partners Agencies
Partner Agencies may request system modifications. System Modification requests from
Partner Agencies must be submitted in writing to the Lead Agency for review and
approval.
If the Lead Agency grants a Partner Agency modification request, and the request does
not require Governance Committee Approval as outlined in Section 4.4.1, then the Lead
Agency shall provide the Partner Agency with a formal approval, including all costs of
the requested modification. If a Member Agency agrees with the official permission, the
Member Agency may request the Lead Agency to implement the System Modification.
Any and all costs associated with implementing the System Modification will be the sole
responsibility of the System User requesting the modification.
If a Member Agency modification request requires Governance Committee approval per
Section 4.4.1 above, then the Lead Agency and the Member Agency requesting the
modification shall present the modification request to the Governance Committee for
approval. The modification request shall include the reason for the modification, the
Lead Agency’s recommendation and cost analysis of implementing the modification.
4.4.4 Appeal of Modification Request Denial
If the Lead Agency denies a Member Agency’s modification request, the Lead Agency
shall provide the Member Agency, in writing, the reasons for the denial. Members
Agencies may submit a written appeal of the decision of the Lead Agency to the
Governance Committee within 90 days of the denial notification. The Lead Agency will
ensure the appeal is added to the next Governance Committee meeting agenda for action.
4.4.5 Notification of System Modifications to Governance Committee
Lead agency is required to provide a list of implemented, pending and requested System
Modifications at each Governance Committee Meeting.
4.5 Security
The Lead agency has in place a Security Plan for the System (Attached as Attachment D.)
Member Agencies and System Users are required to protect the security of the System as set forth
in the Security Plan.
System Users are required to contact System Watch for any actual or potential security breach to
the System as soon as the actual or potential security threat is known. The Lead Agency must
evaluate any reported security breaches and is authorized to implement measures to remediate the
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 12 of 83
13
security breach. If appropriate, the Lead Agency shall inform the Governance Committee of any
reported breach and steps taken to remediate.
4.6 Maintenance & Service Contracts
Within approved and adopted budget, the Lead Agency is authorized to enter into contracts with
vendors as needed for the ongoing execution of this agreement. Such contracts include, but are
not limited to, the purchase or lease of equipment, installation of equipment, service and/or
maintenance of equipment, and System upgrades. All contracts shall comply with applicable law
and purchasing policies and guidelines. Appropriate shared costs will be included in System
Operational Costs cost-sharing allocations. The Lead Agency shall negotiate and enter into
contracts with vendors as intended in this agreement and shall make payments due and payable
under such contracts on behalf of the parties.
The Lead Agency will serve as an administrative liaison between the other Member Agencies and
the contracted vendors.
4.7 System Standard Operating Procedures
The Lead Agency is responsible for the development and maintenance of the Standard Operating
Procedures (“SOP”) (Attachment E) for the system. The Lead Agency shall coordinate with
System Users, including but not limited to Law Enforcement, Fire Services, Marine Safety, and
Public Works in developing and updating the SOP. The SOP, and any amendments to the SOP,
must be approved by the Governance Committee. All Member Agencies must follow the SOP
and any amendments to the SOP once approved by the Governance Committee.
4.8 Partner Agency Operational Policies and Procedures
Member Agencies must inform the Lead Agency of any changes to their operational policy or
procedures, in writing and prior to any implementation of such changes, if the change of
operational policy or procedure affects or may affect the System. The Lead Agency will work
with Member Agencies to ensure that operational policies and procedures are compatible with the
System. The Lead Agency shall work collaboratively with Member Agencies to settle any
disputes regarding Member Agency Operational Policies and Procedures. The Lead Agency shall
bring any dispute to Member Agency Operational Policies and Procedures to the Governance
Committee for review and resolution if a dispute cannot be resolved between the Lead Agency
and the Member Agency.
5.0 FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
5.1 Governance Committee Financial Authority
The Governance Committee shall have the authority to allocate available budgeted funds as they
deem appropriate for the operation, maintenance, and management of the system. Governance
Committee has the authority to approve the System Operations Budget, set rates and fees, and
approve use of the Reserve Fund for necessary expenditures and upgrades. Governance
Committee has the authority to approve capital expenditure funding and approved sources of the
reserve fund.
5.2 Partner Agencies Financial Obligations
Partner Agencies and New Partner Agencies are responsible for certain financial
obligations including, but not limited to, the following.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 13 of 83
14
5.2.1 System Operational Costs
All Partner Agencies shall contribute to the System Operational Costs via the Systems
Operations Budget and administered as described in section 5.3 below.
5.2.2 System Entry Fees/Upgrade Fees
Some Partner Agencies must pay System Entry Fees when they enter/register a radio into
the System for activation based on the System Entry Fee established by the Governance
Committee. The Lead Agency shall submit their recommendation of the System Entry
Fees for Governance Committee approval at the same time the System Operations Budget
(Section 5.3) is submitted for approval annually.
The System Entry Fees are necessary to recoup/offset costs that were required during the
previous System upgrade Partner Agencies that financially contributed to the previous
System Upgrade are not required to pay System Entry Fees. Legacy Partner Agencies
that are not required to pay System Entry Fees are listed in attachment C. Partner
Agencies not listed in attachment C and any New Partner Agencies are required to pay
the System Entry Fee for each radio they add to the System.
System Entry Fees are billed on a per radio basis. The Lead Agency shall invoice the
Partner Agency or New Partner Agency for any System Entry Fees at the approved per
radio rate when a new radio is entered into the System on behalf of that Partner or New
Partner.
System Entry fees shall be deposited into the Reserve Fund as outlined in section 5.6
below.
Over -the-air upgrade programming of radio equipment will not be charged and limited to
two annually per Member Agency. Any additional upgrades past the two annually will
incur a cost.
5.2.3 Miscellaneous Rates and fees
As stated in 5.1 above, the Governance Committee has authority to set rates and fees as
necessary. The Lead Agency may charge Partner Agencies and New Partner Agencies
via invoice. Partner Agencies shall pay invoice within thirty (60) days of the date of the
invoice.
Governance Committee shall set any Miscellaneous Rates and Fees annually. Lead
Agency shall submit their recommendation for Miscellaneous Rates and Fees at the same
time they submit the System Operations Budget (Section 5.3) for approval.
5.2.4 Mutual Aid Agencies
Mutual Aid Agencies are not authorized to use the System for day-to-day
communications but are limited to use of the System only when providing emergency
assistance to Partner Agencies. As such, Mutual Aid Agencies are not included in the
System Operations cost share calculations or System Entry Fees. Mutual Aid Agency
equipment and programming costs will be the responsibility of the Mutual Aid Agency.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 14 of 83
15
5.2.4 Sponsored Agencies
The sponsoring Partner Agency is responsible for the costs, rates, and fees of any
Sponsored Agency it sponsors on the System, unless otherwise approved by the
Governance Committee. System Entry Fees per 5.2.2 above shall not apply to System
Subscriber equipment for a Sponsored Agency.
5.3 System Operations Budget
The Lead Agency will submit the proposed System Operations Budget for approval to the
Governance Committee no later than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the beginning of
the fiscal year. Governance Committee shall be responsible for approving the System Operation
Budget no later than ninety (90) days prior to the fiscal year.
5.3.1 Partner Agency Cost
The Lead Agency shall submit the Partner Agency Cost Share to the Governance
Committee along with the System Operations Budget in 5.2 above. The Governance
Committee shall be responsible for approving the Partner Agency Cost Share, along with
the System Operations Budget.
Partner Agency Cost Share shall be calculated based on the number of Subscriber Units
each agency operates on the System as a percentage of the total number of Subscriber
Units operating on the System. This will determine the agency’s share of the annual
System Operations Budget.
5.3.2 Payment Remittance
Partner Agencies are required to remit payments to the Lead Agency for their
contribution for use of the System. The Lead Agency shall invoice Partner Agencies
quarterly. Lead Agency shall issue invoices no later than thirty (30) days after the
beginning of each quarter. Partner Agencies shall pay invoice within thirty (30) days of
the date of the invoice.
5.4 Year End Settlement
At the end of each fiscal year, the Lead Agency shall submit a financial review with the actual
System Operational Costs from the previous fiscal year to the Governance Committee. The
findings of the financial review shall be reported in writing to the Partner Agencies on the system.
Thereafter, to the extent there have been contributions made by the Partner Agencies which
exceed the actual System Operations Costs, the number of said excess contributions shall be
deposited into the Reserve Fund (see 5.5), unless the Governance Committee deems otherwise. In
the event of a shortfall, each Partner Agency shall be billed its pro-rata share of the shortfall,
which shall be paid in the first quarter payment for the next fiscal year following the fiscal year of
the shortfall.
5.5 Ten-Year Plan
The Governance Committee, in conjunction with the Lead Agency, will be responsible for
evaluating and planning for future upgrades. Doing so will ensure the continued structural
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 15 of 83
16
integrity of System equipment and Sites and any necessary maintenance or repairs, and allocating
for unforeseen events which may lead to additional expenses outside of the standard operational
costs. Such items will be defined within a Ten-Year Plan, which will be presented to and
approved annually by the Governance Committee.
The Lead Agency shall submit an updated Ten-Year Plan to the Governance Committee annually
for review and approval.
5.6 Reserve Fund
The Governance Committee shall review and approve a long-term financial plan to ensure funds
are available for the System’s capital needs as defined in the annually updated Ten-Year Plan, as
well as for any unforeseen emergency expenses. A Reserve Fund has been established to ensure
adequate funds are available for ongoing maintenance, upgrades, and unforeseen expenses which
may arise outside of operational costs.
5.6.1 The Reserve Fund shall be funded in the following manner:
5.6.1.1 Contributions by Partner Agencies
The Partner Agencies are responsible for providing funds for deposit to the
Reserve Fund. The Lead Agency shall submit the cost of each Partner Agency
along with the Fiscal Year Budget described in section 5.3. The Governance
Committee shall approve the Reserve Fund contributions as part of the annual
budget review and adoption process.
5.6.1.2 System Entry Fees
All System Entry Fees collected per 5.2.2 of this Agreement shall be deposited
into the Reserve Fund.
5.6.1.3 System Operation Budget Surplus
In the event of a System Operation Budget Surplus at the Year-End Settlement,
that System Operation Budget Surplus shall be deposited into the Reserve Fund.
5.7 System Modification Cost
Any costs associated with System Modifications shall be addressed as outlined is section 4.4 of
this agreement.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 16 of 83
18
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
By: ________________________________
Authority Counsel
Dated: ______________________________
ATTEST:
___________________________________
Clerk of the Authority
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
By: ________________________________
Authority Counsel
Dated: ______________________________
ORANGE COUNTY AGENCY
By: ________________________________
Chairman
Dated: _____________________________
ATTEST:
___________________________________
Clerk of the Authority
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
By: ________________________________
Authority Counsel
Dated: ______________________________
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 18 of 83
BYLAWS
800 MHz GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE
Page 1
Article 1 Name
Section 1. The name of this body is the 800 MHz GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE, hereinafter
referred to as the "Governance Committee.”
Article 2. Purpose and Authority
Section 1. It is the purpose of the Committee to oversee implementation and operation of the
800 MHz Countywide Coordinated Communications System (the “System”),
including Member Agency compliance with payment schedules, addressing
operational issues affecting System operation and site development, reviewing and
approving conversion, modification and enhancement plans, approving contract
pricing changes, resolving disputes between Member Agencies, operational and
fiscal matters necessary for the operation and maintenance of the System, and
performing any other responsibilities required to implement the Joint Agreement.
The Governance Committee shall be responsible for approving the 800 MHz
Project System Operations Budget operating and Reserve Fund that are jointly
funded by the Parties to the Joint Agreement.
Section 2. The Governance Committee was established November 23, 2004, and amended
June 2, 2015, by the Orange County Board of Supervisors (the “Board”) and Parties
to the Joint Agreement to facilitate the operation, maintenance and financial
management of the 800 MHz CCCS.
Section 3. This Governance Committee will operate under the revised Board authorization of
the re-written Joint Agreement to facilitate the operation, maintenance, and
financial management of the 800 MHz CCCS established on _______________
Article 3. General Operating Mandated Regulations and Statutes
Section 1. The Governance Committee must adhere to all local, state and federal regulations
and statutes that may, from time to time, apply.
Section 2. The Committee shall be subject to the provisions of The Brown Act (commencing
with Section 54950 of the Government Code) relating to public meetings of local
governmental advisory boards.
Section 3. The Governance Committee must comply with the County’s non-discrimination
and zero tolerance sexual harassment policies.
Section 4. The Governance Committee must comply with the County’s Code of Ethics, which
outlines the County’s clear expectations for behavior in relation to the members’
duties as public servants.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 19 of 83
BYLAWS
800 MHz GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE
Page 2
Section 5. The Governance Committee shall operate strictly within its designated purpose.
Article 4. Membership and Term of Office
Section 1. Appointment. The Committee shall be comprised of nine (9) members, as identified
below, and will also be responsible for coordinating with their appropriate
associations/agencies on issues involving the appropriate Governing Authorities
approvals:
• Four City Managers appointed by the Orange County City Managers’
Association
• County Executive Officer, County of Orange, or Designee
• Sheriff-Coroner, or Designee
• Orange County Public Works Resources and Development Management
Department Director, or Designee
• Orange County Chief of Police & Sheriffs Association (OCCOPSA)
Executive Director, or Designee
• Orange County Fire Chiefs Association (OCFCA) Fire Chief or Designee
Each member must designate and name an alternate as a voting member if member
cannot attend.
Section 2. Terms. Committee members shall be appointed for a two (2) year term. Members
may serve for multiple additional two (2) year terms upon reappointment to each
new term in accordance with Article 4, Section 1 above.
Section 3. Removal. The Governance Committee, by majority vote, may remove members of
the Committee any time without cause. In addition, if a committee member misses
three (3) consecutive Governance Committee meetings (whether regular or special
meetings), said Governance Committee member will be deemed automatically
removed without further Governance Committee action.
Section 4. Vacancies. A vacancy on the Governance Committee shall be filled by majority
vote of the Governance Committee in accordance with Article 4, Section 1 above.
Such vacancy should, if possible, be filled within 30 days of vacancy.
Article 5. Meetings
Section 1. Regular meetings shall be held on a quarterly basis. Governance Committee
meetings shall be fixed on the first month of each quarter (January, April, July, and
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 20 of 83
BYLAWS
800 MHz GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE
Page 3
October) on the fourth Wednesday at 1:30 PM unless a majority of the Committee
members determine that an alternate fixed meeting day and time within the
designated months is required to maximize member attendance. At least 72-hours
prior to a regular meeting, an agenda shall be posted that contains a brief general
description of each item to be covered in the meeting.
Section 2. Special meetings may be held on 24-hour public notice, including a binding agenda
with brief general description of items to be covered at the meeting. Any special
meeting notice must be publicly posted in accordance with all applicable laws and
must be received by Committee members at least 24 hours in advance (Government
Code Section 54956).
Section 3 A majority five (5) of the members shall constitute a quorum to conduct business.
Section 4. Only Governance Committee members may vote on items on the Agenda and each
member may have only one vote.
Section 5. Governance Committee meetings may be rescheduled or canceled in accordance
with the Brown Act. Orange County Sheriff Technology staff shall act as the Clerk
of the Board for meeting rescheduling purposes.
Article 6. Officers
Section 1. The officers shall consist of a Chairperson and Vice Chairperson. The elected
Chairperson shall conduct the meetings.
Section 2. The elected Vice Chairperson shall conduct regular Governance Committee
meetings in the absence of the Chairperson; and do everything necessary to assist
the Chairperson in related duties. In the event that both the Chairperson and the
Vice Chairperson are absent from the same committee meeting, the remaining
Governance Committee members present may appoint one of them to be the
Chairperson for that meeting.
Section 3. Elections for Chairperson and Vice Chairperson shall be conducted by the full
Governance Committee and shall occur in April of each year. The Chairperson
shall call for nominations from the Governance Committee members and the
Chairperson will initiate a vote. A majority vote of the Committee members present
is required for each candidate to be elected as Chairperson and Vice Chairperson.
Article 7. Staffing
Section 1. Orange County Sheriff Technology staff secretary will provide secretarial support
to the Governance Committee. Orange County Sheriff Technology staff secretary
shall prepare and publish the Committee’s agenda for each meeting. Orange County
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 21 of 83
BYLAWS
800 MHz GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE
Page 4
Sheriff Technology staff shall call for attendance at the beginning of each meeting,
keep the minutes, and perform other clerical duties as appropriate to the position.
He/she shall retain the attendance records including the minutes.
Article 8. Compensation
Section 1. Governance Committee members shall receive no compensation for their service.
Article 9. Amendments. Review, Dissolution and Effective Date
Section 1. This Committee will operate as established by the Board of Supervisors on
November 23, 2004 and revised by the Board of Supervisors in ____________,
2021
Section 2. These Bylaws shall supersede all previous Bylaws and shall become effective on
upon the approval of the Board of Supervisors.
Section 3. These Bylaws shall remain in effect until amended, revised or terminated by the
Board of Supervisors and Parties to the Joint Agreement.
Section 4. The Board of Supervisors and Parties to the Joint Agreement may make
amendments to the Bylaws at any time.
Section 5. This Governance Committee can be terminated at any time, without cause, by
action of the Board of Supervisors and Parties to the Joint Agreement.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 22 of 83
Page 1 of 3
Rider to Joint Agreement for the Operation, Maintenance and Financial Management of the Orange County 800 Megahertz Countywide Coordination
Communications System
Project No:
Project Name:
Project Location:
NEW PARTNER AGENCY RIDER TO JOINT AGREEMENT FOR THE
OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT OF
THE ORANGE COUNTY 800 MEGAHERTZ COUNTYWIDE
COORDINATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
This New Partner Agency Rider (“NPA Rider”) is entered into on _______________________, (“Effective Date”), by and between ___________________________________ (hereinafter referred to as “NEW PARTNER AGENCY”) and the Orange County 800 Megahertz Countywide Coordinated Communications System Governance Committee (hereinafter referred to as “GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE). For the purposes of this agreement, the GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE represents the Partners (hereinafter referred to as “JOINT AGREEMENT PARTNERS”) of the Joint Agreement for the Operation, Maintenance and Financial Management of the Orange County 800 Megahertz Countywide Coordination Communications System (hereinafter referred to as “JOINT AGREEMENT”) (Section 1.4.1 of the JOINT AGREEMENT). GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE and NEW PARTNER AGENCY may be referred to individually herein as a “Partner” or collectively as the “Partners.” RECITALS
I. WHEREAS, JOINT AGREEMENT PARTNERS entered into the JOINT AGREEMENT in 2020; and,
II. WHEREAS, NEW PARTNER AGENCY, executed a copy of the JOINT AGREEMENT in accordance
with Section 3.2.1 of the JOINT AGREEMENT on _______________________; and,
III. WHEREAS, NEW PARTNER AGENCY executed a copy of the New Partner Agency Agreement per
Section 3.2.1 of the JOINT AGREEMENT on ____________________________; and,
IV. WHEREAS, Section 2.1,“Governance Committee Authority”, and Section 3.2.1, “Adding New Partner
Agencies”, of the JOINT AGREEMENT grants the GOVERANANCE COMMITTEE the authority to
enter into a separate agreement with NEW PARTNER AGENCY to establish additional terms,
conditions, and costs for entry into the Countywide Coordinated Communications System (the “CCCS”);
and,
V. WHEREAS, the JOINT AGREEMENT in Section 1.4 “Liability” provides for indemnification only
between those Partners listed in Exhibit A of the JOINT AGREEMENT (and would not include NEW
PARTNER AGENCY); and,
VI. WHEREAS, Section 1.4.1 of the JOINT AGREEMENT, “New Agency Liability Rider”, grants the
GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE the authority to enter into a Liability Rider that shall, for all intents and
purposes, make the NEW PARTNER AGENCY, a Partner in Section 1.4.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 23 of 83
Page 2 of 3
Rider to Joint Agreement for the Operation, Maintenance and Financial Management of the Orange County 800 Megahertz Countywide Coordination
Communications System
VII. WHEREAS, the GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE and NEW PARTNER AGENCY now desire to enter
into a separate agreement (this NPA Rider) to establish additional terms and conditions by including NEW
PARTNER AGENCY in the indemnity provision of the JOINT AGREEMENT per Section 1.4;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals above, the receipt of which the Partners acknowledge herein, and which are incorporated herein by this reference, and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE and NEW PARTNER AGENCY do hereby agree as follows:
A. NEW PARTNER AGENCY LIABILITY.
NEW PARTNER AGENCY shall now be included as a Partner as stated in Section 1.4 of the JOINT
AGREEMENT.
Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, all terms and conditions contained in the JOINT AGREEMENT, including any amendments/modifications, are hereby incorporated herein by this reference as if fully set forth herein and shall remain in full force and effect. THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 24 of 83
Page 3 of 3
Rider to Joint Agreement for the Operation, Maintenance and Financial Management of the Orange County 800 Megahertz Countywide Coordination
Communications System
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Partners have executed this New Partner Agency Rider on the day and year
first written above.
GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE NEW PARTNER AGENCY
By: ______________________________ By: _________________________________
Date: _____________________________ Date: _______________________________
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 25 of 83
A. LEGACY PARTNER AGENCIES – Partner Agencies that financially contributed to the
previous System Upgrade:
Aliso Viejo, Anaheim, Brea, Buena Park, Costa Mesa, Cypress, Dana Point, Fountain Valley,
Fullerton, Garden Grove, Huntington Beach, Irvine, La Habra, La Palma, Laguna Beach, Laguna
Hills, Laguna Niguel, Laguna Woods, Lake Forest, Los Alamitos, Metronet, Mission Viejo,
Newport Beach, Orange, Placentia, Rancho Santa Margarita, San Clemente, San Juan Capistrano,
Santa Ana, Seal Beach, Stanton, Tustin, Villa Park, West-Comm, Westminster, Yorba Linda,
Orange County Fire Authority, CEO, District Attorney, Health Care Agency, John Wayne Airport,
Animal Control, OC Lifeguard, OC Parks, OC Waste & Recycling, OC Public Works, Probation, OC
Sheriff, Social Services Agency, Orange County Transportation District, Irvine Valley College
Police, Santa Ana Unified School District Police, Saddleback College Police
B. MUTUAL AID AGENCIES
ATF, CA State Parks, California Corrections & Rehabilitation, CHP, Downey Fire, Lake Mission
Viejo LG, Loaners, Long Beach Fire, Long Beach PD, Los Alamitos Armed Forces Reserve, LA
County Fire, LA Sheriff, San Diego Sheriff Aviation, Santa Fe Springs Fire, Signal Hill PD, DOJ, UCI
Irvine, US Marshals, USMC Camp Pendleton Fire
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 26 of 83
COUNTY OF ORANGE
CALIFORNIA
800 MHz CCCS
(Countywide Coordinate Communications System)
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
PREPARED AND DISTRIBUTED
BY:
ORANGE COUNTY
LEAD AGENCY
January 2021
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 27 of 83
Table of Contents
January 2021 ............................................................................................................................................. 1
1.0 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................... 4
2.0 PURPOSE ....................................................................................................................................... 4
2.1 Governance ............................................................................................................................... 4
2.2 Users Group .............................................................................................................................. 5
2.3 800 MHz CCCS Radio System ............................................................................................. 5
2.4 Eligible Users............................................................................................................................ 5
2.5 Acceptable Usage/Radio Discipline ................................................................................. 5
3.0 SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................. 6
3.1 SOP Approval ........................................................................................................................... 6
3.2 SOP Change Process.............................................................................................................. 6
4.0 RADIO SYSTEM MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................. 7
4.1 Radio System Architecture ................................................................................................. 7
4.2 Radio System Management ................................................................................................ 8
4.3 Network Management .......................................................................................................... 9
4.4 Advanced System Keys....................................................................................................... 10
4.5 Database Management ...................................................................................................... 11
4.6 Subscriber Radio Inventory/Fleetmap ......................................................................... 12
4.7 Lost or Stolen Radio Notifications ................................................................................. 12
4.8 System Management Access ............................................................................................ 13
4.9 Requesting System Access ............................................................................................... 14
4.10 Alias List Standards ......................................................................................................... 15
4.11 Member Agency Operational Policy Changes ........................................................ 15
4.12 Infrastructure Equipment Standards ........................................................................ 16
4.13 Subscriber Equipment Standards ............................................................................... 18
4.14 System Administrator Standards................................................................................ 18
4.15 Dispatch Center Personnel Training .......................................................................... 19
4.16 Incident / Tactical Dispatcher Training ................................................................... 20
4.17 Radio (Subscriber) User Training ............................................................................... 21
4.18 Interoperability and non-CCCS Radio Users .......................................................... 22
4.19 System Upgrade Notification ....................................................................................... 23
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 28 of 83
4.20 In-building Coverage (Bi-Directional Amplifiers) ................................................ 23
4.21 Aircraft Radio Installations and Operation ............................................................. 24
4.22 In-building Coverage .......................................................................................................... 26
5.0 CONFIGURATIONS AND ALLOCATION ............................................................................. 27
5.1 Zone and Talkgroup Naming Standards ...................................................................... 27
5.2 Radio IUID Allocation ......................................................................................................... 28
5.3 Fleetmap Standards ............................................................................................................ 28
5.4 Subscriber Template Management ................................................................................ 30
5.5 Talkgroup Assignments ...................................................................................................... 31
5.6 Talkgroup Sharing ................................................................................................................ 32
5.7 Talkgroup and Radio User Priorities ............................................................................. 33
5.9 Failsoft Assignments ........................................................................................................... 33
5.10 Scanning .............................................................................................................................. 34
5.11 Emergency Button ............................................................................................................ 35
5.12 Encryption ........................................................................................................................... 36
6.0 INTEROPERABILITY STANDARDS ...................................................................................... 37
6.1 Interoperable Communications Requirements ......................................................... 37
6.2 Radio Console Patching of Talkgroups/Channels .................................................... 38
6.3 Use of the Statewide and National Interoperability Channels ............................ 40
6.4 Control Station Usage on Interoperability Channels .............................................. 41
6.5 Required Monitoring of Interoperability Channels .................................................. 43
7.0 MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................. 43
7.1 System Maintenance ........................................................................................................... 43
7.3 Maintenance / Repair Notifications .............................................................................. 45
7.4 System Coverage .................................................................................................................. 47
7.5 Repair Parts Inventory ....................................................................................................... 48
7.6 Disaster Recovery ................................................................................................................ 48
8.0 SITE AND SYSTEM SECURITY .............................................................................................. 49
8.1 Site Security ........................................................................................................................... 49
8.2 Network Operational Security ......................................................................................... 50
8.3 Software, Firmware and Document Security ............................................................. 51
9.0 APPENDIX ................................................................................................................................... 52
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 29 of 83
9.1 Lead Agency Contact Information ................................................................................. 52
9.2 Glossary – Definitions and Acronyms ........................................................................... 53
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The 800 MHz Countywide Coordinated Communications System (CCCS) Standard Operating
Procedures (SOP) provides National Incident Management System (NIMS) compliant procedures
that are applicable to multi-agency, multi-discipline, all-hazard responses throughout the County
of Orange. This SOP ensures consistent protocols and formalizes the operation and usage of the
800 MHz Radio System (System). This SOP will be utilized by CCCS emergency response and
support personnel, communications operational and technical personnel, local/State/Federal
government representatives, non-governmental organizations, and other System users as
authorized by 800 MHz CCCS Governance Committee.
All System users shall comply with this SOP.
2.0 PURPOSE
The System is an 800 MHz trunked simulcast radio communications system designed to meet
the needs of Orange County law enforcement, fire, lifeguard and public works responders and
any other authorized users who are supporting these services.
This SOP addresses procedural and operational aspects of the System to include:
• Operational guidelines.
• Technology specifications and requirements.
• Usage guidelines.
• Training and exercises.
• Maintenance and repair.
2.1 Governance
The CCCS is governed by the 800 MHz CCCS Governance Committee which was established
November 23, 2004 and amended June 2, 2015, by the Orange County Board of Supervisors
and Parties to the Joint Agreement to facilitate the operation, maintenance and financial
management of the 800 MHz CCCS. The Governance Committee is comprised of nine members
including four City Managers, and designees from the County Executive Officer, Sheriff-Coroner,
Public Works Director, Orange County Chiefs’ of Police & Sheriff’s Association and Orange
County Fire Chief’s Association. The Governance Committee responsibilities include the
establishment and enforcement of these Standard Operating Procedures.
Additional information on the 800 MHz CCCS Governance Committee membership and
responsibilities are documented in the 800 MHz CCCS Governance Committee Bylaws.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 30 of 83
2.2 Users Group
The 800 MHz CCCS Users Group meetings occur once each quarter. The Users Group meetings
allow for the sharing of information from the Lead Agency (Orange County Sheriff’s Department
Technology Division) regarding the System operations and any upgrade or enhancement
projects proposed or in progress. These meetings also allow for Partner Agencies to discuss
current concerns or provide input regarding future enhancements. All Partner Agencies are
welcome to participate in the quarterly 800 MHz Users Group meetings.
2.3 800 MHz CCCS Radio System
The 800 MHz CCCS Radio System (System) is an advanced digital radio communications system
built to the Association of Public-Safety Communications Officials (APCO) Project 25 (P25)
digital radio standards. The System utilizes radio frequencies in the 800 MHz radio spectrum
under the rules and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). The System
consists of the following major components:
• Radio Communications sites located throughout the County (towers, equipment shelters,
generators & site security).
• Radio infrastructure (transmitters, receivers, combiners, antennas, etc).
• Radio spectrum in the 800 MHz frequency band and microwave radio frequency
spectrum.
• Microwave radio links between the radio sites and the Loma Ridge Master Site.
• Subscriber Units (mobile radios, portable radios, control stations, dispatch consoles).
• System Watch Network Operations Center (NOC).
The System is designed to provide 95% portable radio coverage, 95% of the time within the
Orange County operating area.
2.4 Eligible Users
The primary purpose for the System is to support Orange County public-safety and local
government agencies’ day-to-day operations by providing dependable, interoperable radio
communication. Orange County public safety and local government agencies as well as
applicable State and Federal government agencies may be eligible for access to the System.
System access will be determined by the 800 MHz CCCS Governance Committee in compliance
with the 800 MHz CCCS Joint Agreement and with consideration of System capacity.
2.5 Acceptable Usage/Radio Discipline
All System users shall follow these policies.
The System is to be used for day-to-day operations, emergency response calls, incidents,
missions and disasters. The System may also be utilized for planned events, training and
exercises with consideration of channel capacity and available talkgroups.
This policy clearly defines the discipline for agencies and individuals to follow when using radios
on the System. Each Agency is responsible for ensuring their users adhere to proper radio
discipline.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 31 of 83
Misuse of the System shall be reported to the Lead Agency Director to handle directly with the
Department Head of the agency involved. The reporting party’s contact information should be
provided in the notification. No profanity, playing music, personal conversations or activities not
directly related to agency business will be permitted on the System.
All agencies and individuals shall utilize these communications resources professionally and
keep radio conversations as concise as possible.
All agencies and individuals utilizing the System must abide by all FCC regulations as stated in
Title 47 Part 90 Land Mobile Communications.
3.0 SCOPE
This SOP applies to the operational, technical and usage aspects of the System. It is therefore
applicable to any user of the System, and applies to government agencies at the local, County,
State and Federal levels, as well as authorized non-government users.
3.1 SOP Approval
This SOP and subsequent revisions require approval of the 800 MHz CCCS Governance
Committee after review by the Lead Agency.
3.2 SOP Change Process
Annual Review Requirement
The SOP will be reviewed on an annual basis to assess the need for updates or revisions. The
Lead Agency Director or designee will be assigned the task of reviewing the SOP, identifying
applicable updates, and submitting a draft of the revised SOP for Governance Committee
approval.
Operational Context
The 800 MHz CCCS Governance Committee is charged with approving standards, protocols and
procedures for optimal operations between and among the users of the System.
Submitting Change Requests
Requests to delete, add, and/or change adopted standards, policies and/or procedures may be
submitted in writing to the Governance Committee at any time. If the requested change is time
critical, the Governance Committee may direct a request for immediate consideration to the
Lead Agency Director.
Change Request Contents
A written request for any change to the SOP submitted to the Governance Committee shall
include:
• A full description of the deletion, addition, or change including section and subsection
references.
• The reason for the change (including the potential consequences if the request is not
approved).
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 32 of 83
• A preliminary assessment of impact on other System users and an estimate of
associated costs, if any.
The Governance Committee may direct the Lead Agency Director to conduct an assessment to
address:
• Technical impact to current and future System performance including which system or
subsystems will be or may be affected.
• Operational impact to current and future system performance including effects on
System capacity and determination of those systems or subsystems that will be or may
be affected.
• Degree of conformance with Governance Committee approved plans and standards.
• Cost impact to current participants.
• Potential alternatives.
The Lead Agency Director shall forward the completed assessment to the Governance
Committee along with recommendations including strategies to mitigate negative impacts, if
appropriate.
The Governance Committee shall notify all agencies of all requests along with potential impact
and invite their comments.
The Governance Committee will approve, deny, or modify the requested SOP change.
If approved, the Governance Committee will incorporate the applicable SOP modifications and
inform System users.
Management of Change Process
The Governance Committee Chair will manage this process.
4.0 RADIO SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
4.1 Radio System Architecture
The System is an advanced digital radio communications system built to the Association of
Public-Safety Communications Officials (APCO) Project 25 (P25) digital radio standards. The P25
System is a standards based system, and different vendor subscriber radios may be able to
access and use it. Due to manufacturer differences outside of the defined P25 standard, not all
manufacturer radio features may work with the System. Some radios may interact differently
with the existing infrastructure and can potentially exhibit undesirable operational
characteristics.
As a result, the following procedures must be followed:
• All manufacturer’s radios must be tested and approved by the Lead Agency prior to
being used on the System.
• A listing of tested and approved radio models will be maintained by the Lead Agency.
Operational Context
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 33 of 83
The System is dedicated primarily to public safety agencies, the agencies that support public
safety and public utility and service agencies.
Protocol / Standard
The System utilizes the APCO Project 25 Phase 1 digital radio standard for the voice and control
channels. The microwave radio system is a digital system that adheres to Telecommunications
Industry Association (TIA) / Electronic Industry Alliance (EIA) standards.
4.2 Radio System Management
The Lead Agency is responsible for System administration and the day-to-day management,
operation and oversight of the System and for the maintenance of this SOP. While their specific
duties are not detailed in this document, their general duties include:
• Monitoring the System and components for normal operations.
• Diagnosing System performance, problems, and developing corrective action
recommendations.
• Dispatching appropriate repair services in the event of a malfunction of System
equipment.
• Managing the database elements, including subscriber IDs, talkgroup IDs, and the
various parameters that relate to their effective operation.
• Working with all agencies and their technical staff to diagnose and resolve problems that
involve radio operations, maintenance or repair of the equipment.
• Serving as the point of contact (POC) with equipment manufacturers for issues related
to the radio System.
• Providing timely information to System users on issues that arise, or repair/maintenance
issues related to System equipment that would affect normal radio operations.
• Monitoring System databases for normal operations and conducting regular database
backups.
• Programming of all subscriber radios and dispatch consoles with System access.
• Encryption management including managing and maintaining encryption keyloaders.
The Lead Agency makes decisions on issues related to the day-to-day operation of the System
and addresses urgent or emergency operational, maintenance, or repair decisions.
An urgent or emergency situation is one where immediate decision authority is needed to allow
the System as a whole, or any of the subsystem components, to continue supporting normal
wide-area voice communications services. It is recognized that Lead Agency may have to obtain
authorizations from the CCCS Governance Committee to make longer-term or non-emergency
capital or repair expenditure decisions.
Due to the complexity and distributed administration and maintenance of the System, problems
can typically occur when changes are made to hardware or software. In order to keep all
System users informed of any updates, notifications will be sent to all dispatch centers and
designated User Agency contacts when the following actions occur:
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 34 of 83
• Planned maintenance work is being performed on the System that will impact
performance or System operations
• Equipment malfunctions or failures that affect System performance or operation
• Configuration changes in equipment or software by any user agency that may impact
operations of any other agency
4.3 Network Management
Purpose or Objective
Defines the responsibilities for network management.
Technical Background
The System is comprised of, but not limited to, channel banks, hubs, switches, routers, servers,
local area networks, and wide area network links connecting sites together. The network sites
are interconnected by usage of microwave radio equipment, fiber, Ethernet or telecom T1
circuits. The radio network is monitored with network management tools provided by the
equipment manufacturers and/or other vendors.
The radio System architecture is primarily constructed around the APCO Project 25 standard.
The microwave system is composed of industry standard equipment, which also provides
flexibility and a large variety of management and diagnostic tools.
The System network is complex. Unusual problems may be difficult to identify and resolve.
System documentation shall be kept up to date or it will lose its value in supporting the System
network.
The System is protected from all other agency data networks to manage the security and
functionality of the System. If there is a connection to another data network, it shall be through
a manufacturer specified and configured firewall, and approved by the Lead Agency.
Operational Context
The components of the System are considered as “owned” by the Partnership with responsibility
for maintenance of the sites and equipment delegated to the Lead Agency by the authority of
the 800 MHz CCCS Governance Committee and the 800 MHz CCCS Joint Agreement. Any
required maintenance contractor agreements will be negotiated by the Lead Agency and
presented to the 800 MHz CCCS Governance Committee for approval.
The backbone of the System is structured on an integrated network. Any infrastructure
hardware and software upgrades or changes that may impact the System require reasonable
discussion, approval and oversight by the Lead Agency, and the 800 MHz CCCS Governance
Committee.
All maintenance work being scheduled that may affect System performance is preceded by
reasonable and appropriate notification to the user agencies.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 35 of 83
The configurations for each of the components of the System are documented primarily for the
purpose of maintenance, but also affect future planning. The manufacturer provides the original
‘as-built’ documentation.
The other defined standards for maintenance, documentation, notification, changes, security,
and training also pertain to the network portion of the System.
Procedure
The methods for performing detailed System operations are defined in the technical resource
manuals and training documentation for the System. The technical resource manuals are
classified as ‘Restricted Information’ and are not available to the general public except by formal
written request approved by the 800 MHz CCCS Governance Committee, the Lead Agency and
County Counsel.
Management
The Lead Agency is responsible for managing the System network.
4.4 Advanced System Keys
Purpose or Objective
To outline the procedures for the production, and usage of both the Software and Advanced
System Keys (ASK) for the System.
Technical Background
A system key allows for the programming of a radio for use on the System and is used to
maintain System security. The System key keeps unauthorized units from gaining access to the
System. Most radio equipment manufacturers provide a software based system key unique to
each trunked radio system. The System key is required for a radio (subscriber unit) to be
programmed so that the radio can be recognized by the System and the user can access the
System.
Operational Context
The Lead Agency will maintain and safeguard all Master ASKs, regardless of manufacturer and
is responsible for the production and issuing of all secondary keys to authorized users.
Manufacturers’ radios that do not require a system key will not be approved for operation on
the System.
An agency using subscriber radios other than the System manufacturer (Motorola) must acquire
and provide to the Lead Agency the manufacturer’s Master ASK for the 800 MHz System and all
necessary software and key hardware to program secondary keys as needed.
The safeguarding of these keys is paramount and should at all times be treated as restricted,
public safety sensitive information with access closely guarded.
Management
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 36 of 83
The Lead Agency Director is responsible for maintaining the security of and access to the
System keys.
4.5 Database Management
Purpose or Objective
Defines the aspects and assignment of responsibilities for managing the System’s databases.
Technical Background
The management of the System and subsystem databases is assigned to Lead Agency staff with
responsibility for the various aspects of the System operations.
The databases contain information for the System and subsystems defining the operational
characteristics of:
• Subscriber Radios
• Radio Users
• Talkgroups
• Profiles for Radio Users and Talkgroups
• System portion of the fleet map programming
• System and Subsystem equipment operational parameters
• Security Group structures
• Login User accounts and privileges
The databases contain the operational personality of the entire System. Because of this critical
function, the data must be properly managed for System functionality and archived regularly in
case of data loss or corruption.
Operational Context
The System databases are partitioned to facilitate the distributed management of the data
contained in them. The database management responsibilities of the Lead Agency include the
following:
• The Lead Agency is responsible for maintaining and archiving copies of all radio
codeplug data and System databases.
• Database backups are made once per week and are stored “off-site” on a backed-up
server in the event of a disaster.
• Database restoration will be performed by trained technical staff and only in the event of
System software reloading and version changes, System database corruption, or as
defined in the Disaster Recovery Plan.
• Database restoration is performed when a non-critical condition exists and if approved
by the Lead Agency Director.
• The Lead Agency notifies agencies of any database issues that adversely impact their
normal operations.
Procedure
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 37 of 83
The methods for performing the database operations are defined in the manufacturer’s
technical resource manuals. The technical resource manuals are classified as ‘Restricted
Information’ and are not available to the general public except by formal written request to the
Lead Agency.
The procedure for this standard is at the discretion of the Lead Agency.
Management
The Lead Agency is responsible for managing the data attributes and is responsible for backing
up the System databases.
4.6 Subscriber Radio Inventory/Fleetmap
Purpose or Objective
Establishes the policy to ensure all radios activated on the System are properly accounted for,
assigned, and managed.
Technical Background
Each radio operating on the System must be assigned a unique 7-digit IUID number allowing
the radio to affiliate and communicate on the System. The System’s controller provides
individual access to the System for each assigned radio.
Operational Context
The Lead Agency manages the subscriber radio inventory and is responsible for assigning and
tracking all IUID numbers. Each 7-digit IUID number can only be used with an individual radio
and shall not be duplicated or “cloned” to another radio.
IUID management and subscriber radio inventory are critical to the operational integrity of the
System. Accurate subscriber radio inventory is also important as this is the basis for the
equitable distribution of the costs associated with System operations and maintenance.
Protocol / Standard
The Lead Agency is the only authorized source for IUID assignment and subscriber radio
programming. The Lead Agency establishes and maintains the Fleetmap Inventory database
and conducts annual inventory verification with each Partner Agency. This annual inventory is
also provided to Lead Agency Financial for use in the various budget and billing calculations for
Partner Agencies.
Management
The Lead Agency is responsible for IUID issuance and management of the subscriber radio
inventory/Fleetmap.
4.7 Lost or Stolen Radio Notifications
Purpose or Objective
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 38 of 83
Establishes the policy to ensure the System’s operational integrity and security by providing
users with a procedure for reacting to incidents of missing, lost or stolen radio units.
Each agency shall develop internal guidelines for dealing with incidents of lost, stolen or missing
radio equipment, to include notification to the Lead Agency.
Technical Background
The System’s controller provides individual access to the System for each assigned radio. The
controller provides the ability to disable the radio altogether with the ‘inhibit’ feature.
The target radio must be turned on and affiliated with the System for the actions to be
processed. If the target radio is not active, the requested action can be put into the passive
mode. When the target radio does attempt to affiliate with the System, the pending action is
initiated.
Operational Context
All agencies are required to make immediate notification to the Lead Agency upon receiving
information, notification, or recognition that an assigned radio is misplaced, lost or stolen. Delay
in providing notification could result in unauthorized persons causing interference and/or
receiving confidential information.
Protocol/Standard
The Lead Agency shall be immediately notified of the situation by a phone call and submission
of a Lost/Stolen Radio Report Form.
The request to inhibit a lost/stolen radio must be specified on the Lost/Stolen Radio Report and
must be accompanied by a copy of the Police report.
Lost and stolen radio information will be passed on to user agencies and local radio shops in
case the radio is located or turned in.
The Lead Agency will invoice the agency for the replacement cost of the radio if owned by the
Lead Agency (ie., a loan pool radio).
Management
The Lead Agency is responsible for managing this policy.
4.8 System Management Access
Purpose or Objective
Defines the types and areas of individual access to the management functions of the System.
Technical Background
Every login user of the System has a minimum of one login account and possibly more if
multiple levels of access rights are needed for different purposes, such as administrative or
general use. Every account can be individually set with the security and application rights
needed to meet the needs of each user. All user account IDs shall be unique as the System’s
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 39 of 83
databases do not permit the use of duplicate IDs. The user login aliases are limited to a specific
length.
Operational Context
Personnel who log into the systems to use management applications and support tools are
referred to as “Login Users”. These are technical support staff such as the System Manager,
administrators, technicians, etc. This is different that “Radio User” as referred to in other
standards. Every user’s login ID on the system is unique. Every login user of the System has a
user ID that is only for that specific agency’s or individual’s use. Based on the types of access
required an individual may need more than one login ID.
The types of access fall into the following areas:
• System Management
• Infrastructure Maintenance
• Subscriber Administration
• Dispatch Management
• Asset Management
The areas of access are based on the physical locations of the equipment and individual need.
Access to System, Network, and Asset Management terminals will be limited to Lead Agency
staff and approved vendors.
Lead Agency may review personnel with System access at any time to ensure that only the
appropriate levels of access have been granted based on their currently assigned business
needs.
Protocol
Each Login User account must be requested from and approved by the Lead Agency Director.
The account will be assigned a login name and access level based on the requirements of the
request. Access will be immediately rescinded for any unauthorized actions or change of
employment status.
Management
The Lead Agency is responsible for the creation of administrative accounts, designating the
areas of access allowed for each account, and the review of access granted.
4.9 Requesting System Access
Purpose or Objective
To establish the procedure for an eligible agency to apply to participate on the 800 MHz CCCS.
Operational Context
The 800 MHz CCCS Governance Committee has determined the requirements and procedure for
potential new applicants desiring access to the 800 MHz CCCS. Those procedures are
documented in the 800 MHz CCCS Joint Agreement.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 40 of 83
Management
The Lead Agency Director is responsible for managing the process of potential new System User
applications in accordance with protocols established by the Governance Committee and
documented in the 800 MHz CCCS Joint Agreement.
4.10 Alias List Standards
Purpose or Objective
To establish a standard for the use of Subscriber alias for identifying radio users.
Operational Context
An alias is a common alphanumeric name used to identify a radio, talkgroup, site, etc. rather
than referencing the assigned 7-digit IUID number.
The Lead Agency does not maintain alias names for Partner Agencies.
Each Partner Agency shall maintain their own alias database and their alias names will only
appear on their local dispatch consoles and subscriber radios.
Management
Each User Agency is responsible for establishing and maintaining any alias lists used by that
agency.
4.11 Member Agency Operational Policy Changes
Purpose or Objective
Defines a process to mitigate negative impact to this SOP, other Member Agencies or the
overall operation of the System when Member Agencies make changes to their individual
Agency operational policies.
Operational Context
The 800 MHz CCCS Governance Committee is charged with approving standards and
determining protocols and procedures for optimal operations between and among the users of
the System.
Member Agency operational policies must not be contrary to this established SOP nor should
they knowingly impact other Member Agencies in a negative manner. There will be occasions or
incidents that might result in the need for a Member Agency to make changes to their
operational polices. Member Agencies must ensure that any change made to their internal
operational policies harmonizes with the established SOP and fellow Member Agencies.
Protocol
Member Agencies are expected to understand the potential for their policies to impact other
Agencies on an integrated communications system. As a result, any Member Agency planning to
make changes to their operational policy must take into account the impact on the System. If
the operational policy change is likely to have an impact on the System and/or on other
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 41 of 83
Member Agencies, or, if it is unknown whether the change will have such an impact, the Agency
planning to make the change shall submit the planned policy change in writing to the Lead
Agency for evaluation.
The Lead Agency will address Member Agency policy change notices with respect to their
impact on the System and other Agencies. The Lead Agency will inform the Governance
Committee Chair of the decision regarding the policy change if it is determined that the change
will impact the System or other Member Agencies.
A written notice of any planned operational policy change submitted to the Lead Agency shall
include:
• Description of the policy being changed
• Reason for the planned policy change (including the potential consequences if the
request is not approved)
• Preliminary assessment of impact to other System users, and an estimate of any
associated costs to implement the request
An assessment shall be conducted by the Lead Agency technical and management staff and
shall address:
• Technical impact to the current and future System performance including which systems
or subsystems are affected
• Operational impact including capacity impact to current and future System performance
• The degree of conformance with established policies and standards
• Cost impact to current participants
• Potential alternative solutions
The Lead Agency Director shall forward the completed assessment to the requesting Member
Agency along with recommendations including ways to mitigate negative impact where
applicable. If the assessment reveals a negative impact to the System or to other Member
Agencies, the Lead Agency will advise the requesting Agency against enacting the change. The
requesting Agency may appeal the decision to the Governance Committee for resolution if
desired.
The Governance Committee shall then review the requested policy change and approve, deny
or modify the request. If approved or modified, the Governance Committee shall set forth
operational and/or financial responsibility as appropriate and notify all affected parties of the
decision.
Management
The Lead Agency Director, acting on behalf of the Governance Committee, shall manage this
process.
4.12 Infrastructure Equipment Standards
Purpose or Objective
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 42 of 83
Sets the minimum technical and performance standards for infrastructure equipment operating
on or interfacing with the System and establishes a policy preventing premature obsolescence
of the same.
Technical Background
The 800 MHz CCCS is an APCO P25 standards-based System constructed by Motorola Solutions,
Inc. It consists of radio communications sites utilizing 800 MHz radio spectrum. The Master Site
is located at the Loma Ridge Facility where the Lead Agency Radio Microwave Unit is collocated
along with the County Emergency Operations Center and the OCSD PSAP/Dispatch Center.
Microwave links between the Master Site and the radio sites utilize redundant methods in the
construction of the System to provide for a public safety grade of service.
Vendors’ equipment often utilizes different operating software and may interact differently with
the existing infrastructure which can potentially exhibit undesirable operational characteristics.
It is also possible that new, untested radios, equipment and/or software can exhibit
performance and functionality characteristics that are destructive to the performance, capacity
and/or security of the System.
Operational Context
Participants desiring to connect or interface with the System any type of fixed equipment such
as a radio or console product must receive approval from the Lead Agency. Prior to approval,
the System manufacturer must prove equipment compatibility. All equipment must be installed
in compliance with all rules, regulations and codes applicable to its operation and location.
Industry accepted radio site installation and equipment grounding practices, such as R56 or
approved equivalent in effect at the time of installation, shall be used.
Protocol
To ensure the reliability of the System, all infrastructure equipment directly interfaced with the
System’s core must maintain the same level of software revision.
Requests shall be submitted in writing to the Lead Agency signed by the requesting agency
director or department head.
Procedure
The request shall provide an outline of plans the requesting agency has developed for
equipment integration. The written request shall indicate the name and contact information for
the person designated to lead the project.
The Lead Agency Director will review the request and make the final decision.
If a technical use plan is already in place, the agency shall submit the plan to the Lead Agency
for review to ensure compliance and compatibility with CCCS policy, standards and procedures.
If a technical use plan is not in place, Lead Agency shall assist the requesting agency in
developing a plan. Costs associated with the development of a technical plan are borne by the
requesting agency. When the plan is complete it is submitted to the Lead Agency Director, who
shall review the plan for compliance and compatibility with CCCS policies and procedures.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 43 of 83
Management
The Lead Agency is responsible for management of infrastructure equipment standards and
integration.
4.13 Subscriber Equipment Standards
Purpose or Objective
Sets the minimum technical and performance standards for subscriber radios operating on the
System including:
• Establishing a policy to prevent premature obsolescence of subscriber radios.
• Establishing procedures for Lead Agency to measure, test, certify and publish a list of
subscriber radios that are approved for use on the System.
• Ensuring that decommissioned subscriber radios are properly deprogrammed before
disposal to prevent interference with public safety communications.
Technical Background
The System utilizes digital communication technology with the primary use being voice
communications using the APCO P25 Phase 1 protocol with 9600-baud control channels.
Subscriber radios from various vendors often utilize different operating software providing a
variety of services, features, functionality and performance to the users. Many of these radios
interact differently with the infrastructure and can potentially exhibit undesirable operational
characteristic. It is possible that untested radios and/or software can exhibit performance
and/or functionality characteristics that are destructive to the overall performance, capacity
and/or security of the System. Users are prohibited from using radios or accessories that may
be destructive to the System.
Partner Agencies shall deliver any retired radio subscriber equipment to the Lead Agency for
decommissioning and deprogramming. Decommissioned radios that are not properly
deprogrammed could pose interference issues with public safety communications. Radios
removed from the System for decommissioning purposes shall be deprogrammed so as to
remove all System related information, ID’s, and conventional channels, leaving only an idle
frequency of 851.0000 MHz to prevent potential interference issues with public safety
communications.
Management
The Lead Agency is responsible for maintaining all testing, managing radio equipment
manufacturer initiated submittals, coordinating activities of the test team, and the proper
deprogramming of subscriber radios. Any Agency purchasing new subscriber equipment is
encouraged to work with the Lead Agency first to ensure the new equipment meets System
standards and is properly equipped to operate on the System.
4.14 System Administrator Standards
Purpose or Objective
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 44 of 83
Establishes the minimum training standards for System administration and staff. This ensures
that System functionality and integrity are maintained by restricting System administrative
functions to trained, qualified and authorized personnel only.
Protocol
The Lead Agency is responsible for maintaining System configuration databases for System or
subsystem infrastructure, subscriber databases and console configuration databases.
4.15 Dispatch Center Personnel Training
Purpose or Objective
Establishes minimum training standards for the public-safety dispatch center personnel with
access to System resources. This ensures that personnel performing communications dispatch
operations are properly trained by the Lead Agency.
Operational Context
System functionality and integrity shall be maintained by ensuring that only qualified personnel
perform dispatch functions using console equipment connected to the System core.
Protocol/Standard
Public safety dispatch center personnel shall be familiar with all applicable mutual aid
requirements, interoperability requirements, trunk system patching and all established SOPs.
Other recommended training that each agency’s communications center personnel should have
include:
• COML.
• ICS courses 100, 200, 700.B, 800 or others as required by employing agency
Recommended Procedure
This policy does not contain specific training procedures or training modules.
Management
The communications / 9-1-1 center manager within each agency is responsible to ensure
personnel with radio console access to resources on the System comply with the following:
• Public safety communications / 9-1-1 center personnel receive the appropriate training
before accessing System resources.
• Public safety communications / 9-1-1 center personnel maintain familiarity with features
and functions of communications consoles in order to rapidly and effectively
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 45 of 83
communicate with public safety personnel and are able to identify and establish
interoperability solutions when appropriate or directed.
• Only qualified personnel perform dispatch functions on System resources.
• Public safety communications / 9-1-1 center personnel maintain familiarity with all
applicable sections of the SOP.
4.16 Incident / Tactical Dispatcher Training
Purpose or Objective
Establishes minimum training standards for those performing incident or tactical dispatch
functions with access to System resources. This ensures that System communications
incident/tactical dispatcher operations are performed by properly trained dispatch personnel.
Operational Context
System functionality and integrity shall be maintained by ensuring that only qualified personnel
perform incident/tactical dispatch functions.
Protocol or Standard
Incident/tactical dispatch personnel shall successfully complete appropriate training on the
console system, mobile radios or control stations in the Mobile Command/Communications
Units. Appropriate training shall, at a minimum, include formal training either by an
incident/tactical dispatch trainer who has completed the training from a qualified instructor or
by a qualified radio technical staff member familiar with the Mobile Command/Communications
Unit’s (MCU) operations.
Incident/tactical dispatch personnel shall be familiar with all applicable mutual aid requirements,
interoperability requirements, trunked system patching, gateway and other communications
equipment in the MCU as well as all established standard operating procedures.
Other recommended incident/tactical dispatcher training should include:
• COML.
• COMT.
• ICS courses 100, 200, 300, 400, 700.B, 800 or others as required by their employing
agency.
• Any other developmental, technical or safety courses deemed necessary by employing
agency.
Procedure
This policy does not contain specific training procedures or training modules.
Management
The Communications Center Manager within each agency is responsible to ensure personnel
with access to MCU resources on the System comply with the following:
• Incident/tactical dispatch personnel or those acting in that capacity receive the
appropriate training before accessing System resources.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 46 of 83
• Incident/tactical dispatch personnel maintain familiarity with features and functions of
MCU in order to rapidly and effectively communicate with public safety personnel and
are also able to identify and establish interoperability solutions when appropriate or
directed.
• Only qualified personnel perform incident/tactical dispatch functions on System
resources.
• Incident/tactical dispatch personnel maintain familiarity with all applicable sections of
the SOP.
4.17 Radio (Subscriber) User Training
Purpose or Objective
Establishes the minimum training standards for radio users, which ensures proper operation of
radios on the System.
Operational Context
System functionality and integrity shall be maintained by ensuring that only trained personnel
operate radio equipment.
Protocol/Standard
Radio users shall successfully complete appropriate training on assigned radios before being
allowed to operate on the System. Appropriate training shall include formal training from a
qualified instructor or approved media and, at a minimum, include the following:
• Radio users shall be trained on the technical operation of assigned radios. Training will
be required biennial.
• Radio users shall be trained on how to operate the radio within the System along with
any special features of the System they will use, e.g., emergency button, call alert, etc.
• Radio users shall be trained on and demonstrate proficiency with all applicable mutual
aid and interoperable communications resources and standard operating procedures.
• Radio users shall maintain awareness of the mutual aid, interoperability channels or
talkgroups in their radios, as well as how to navigate to them when necessary.
• User agencies will make an effort to conduct ongoing refresher training for radio users
periodically following their initial training (e.g., build into in-service training, dispatch
centers conduct random tests, roll call training, on-shift training, etc.).
Lead Agency staff assists user agencies in identifying training needs and implementing training
programs to meet those needs. The Lead Agency also employs a qualified training officer who is
available to provide this training to authorized System users.
Procedure
This SOP does not contain specific training procedures or training modules, however, Lead
Agency staff assists with radio user training when requested.
Management
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 47 of 83
Each User Agency is responsible to ensure that:
• Personnel assigned radios shall receive the appropriate training with emphasis on
awareness of and how to navigate to mutual aid and interoperability channels or
talkgroups (initial and ongoing refresher training).
• Only trained and qualified personnel shall operate radio equipment.
• Radio users are familiar with sections of the SOP.
4.18 Interoperability and non-CCCS Radio Users
Purpose or Objective
Establishes the minimum training standards for radio users having access to interoperable
resources of the System. This ensures the proper operation of radios on the System and
safeguards against improper utilization of interoperability resources.
Operational Context
System functionality and operability is maintained by ensuring that only properly trained
personnel use the interoperable resources on the System for mutual aid communications. If
agencies do not have appropriate training, then communications failure or a degradation of the
System resources may occur.
Protocol/Standard
Radio users shall have a demonstrated knowledge of Section 6 Interoperability Standards, and
have successfully completed appropriate initial and ongoing refresher training including:
• User training emphasizing:
o The use of interoperable channels and how to navigate their radio.
o How a user’s radio experiences can be affected by the selected interoperability
channel (digital, analog, non-trunked, etc.).
• Dispatch and supervisory training emphasizing:
o The use of interoperable channels.
o The use of patching and patch channels.
o The use of cross band repeaters and gateway devices.
o The use of RF control stations.
o How a user’s radio experiences can be affected by the selected interoperability
channel (digital, analog, non-trunked, etc.).
Radio users with access to interoperable channels must be familiar with all applicable mutual
aid and interoperable requirements and procedures.
Procedure
This SOP does not contain specific training procedures or training modules.
Management
The Lead Agency will provide training materials upon request for initial training and ongoing
refresher training. Additionally, as resources permit, the Lead Agency will assist user agencies
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 48 of 83
with developing plans and methods on incorporating ongoing radio refresher training into
various activities for the most effective delivery to personnel. The Lead Agency also employs a
qualified training officer who is available to provide this training to authorized System users.
Agencies requesting and/or using the interoperable talkgroups are responsible to ensure that:
• The use of mutual aid/interoperability channels and talkgroups is properly coordinated
and approved through the Control One.
• Radio users successfully complete appropriate initial and on-going refresher training and
demonstrate knowledge of proper communications procedures before being allowed to
operate the interoperable resources.
• Radio users are familiar with all applicable interoperable sections of this manual.
• Radio users are familiar with all applicable mutual aid requirements and interoperable
SOPs.
4.19 System Upgrade Notification
Purpose or Objective
Establishes notification procedure prior to major System upgrades.
Protocol/Standard
System software upgrades will be performed as needed contingent upon available funding
and/or technical requirements. The Lead Agency will be responsible for ensuring that all System
user agencies that may be impacted by the upgrade are notified by email and/or other written
form.
Recommended Procedure
Planned upgrade procedures will be communicated to all System users as follows:
• At least 30 days prior to a planned major System upgrade that will cause a System or
site outage, the Lead Agency will notify all System user agencies that may be impacted
by the upgrade.
• The Lead Agency will send an email reminder to all potentially impacted System user
agencies a week prior to the System upgrade.
• Control One will communicate upgrade instructions and status to all System users
before, during and upon completion of the upgrade.
User agencies must notify the Lead Agency Director in writing if the planned upgrade dates will
interfere with any major planned events.
Management
The Lead Agency is responsible for managing System upgrades and the necessary notifications
associated with each upgrade.
4.20 In-building Coverage (Bi-Directional Amplifiers)
Purpose or Objective
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 49 of 83
Establishes policy on usage of Bi-Directional Amplifiers (BDA) and awareness of all locations
utilizing BDAs for the purpose of mitigating interference issues.
Technical Background
The System is designed for mobile and portable radio coverage but cannot provide 100%
coverage in all places. BDAs are a device that aims to improve radio access within a confined
space such as high-density buildings. Although the use of a BDA may improve in-building
coverage, it may also create interference issues with the overall System. Tracking the locations
of all BDAs will aid in quickly locating offending BDA equipment.
Protocol/Standard
It is not the intent for the Lead Agency or Governance Committee to approve or regulate BDAs.
It is important for the Lead Agency to maintain a list of facilities that do have BDAs used with
the System.
Any agency or department installing a BDA will provide the Lead Agency with the location of the
device prior to installation if possible. This will include the physical address, emergency contact
information, building name, location within the building, manufacturer and model number.
It is the responsibility of the equipment/facility owner to comply with all requirements of the
FCC, including licensing, location reporting, and interference mitigation.
Recommended Procedure
Agencies installing BDAs will submit to the Lead Agency a list of locations where BDAs are
installed that are supplementing the System. BDAs not supplementing the System do not need
to be reported. This list will be updated periodically.
Management
The Lead Agency will maintain the list of BDAs supplementing the System. Each agency will
maintain a list of BDAs within their jurisdiction along with contact information for the
equipment/facility owner to allow access should the BDA interfere with the System.
4.21 Aircraft Radio Installations and Operation
Purpose or Objective
Sets the policy regarding aircraft subscriber radio installation, programming, and operation on
the System.
Technical Background
Due to the elevated altitude of operation, aircraft radios have a greater coverage footprint. This
allows a radio operated in the air to access sites as far away as 150 to 200 miles, while mobile
radios operated in vehicles on the ground typically have ranges limited to 30 to 40 miles. Radios
in aircraft operating with the System function slightly different than radios on the ground.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 50 of 83
Due to the interference potential from the larger coverage footprint of aircraft operated radios,
the FCC rules for operation of these radios limits the output power to help reduce interference,
as frequency reuse is applicable in the CCCS and other radio systems.
Installation of aircraft mounted radios is governed by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)
and permanent installations must be performed by FAA certified personnel.
Operational Context
Subscribers that acquire a large coverage footprint due to high altitude operations need to take
into consideration potential interference due to frequency reuse in other systems. This could
cause interference to their users. This interference could appear as an interruption, loss of
communications, or as tailgating to other talkgroup transmissions on other sites.
Protocol/Standard
All permanently installed aircraft radios shall comply with the FCC 90.423 power output
limitation of 10 watts, the Effective Radiated Power (ERP) being no more than 5 watts. Only
unity gain antennas will be allowed.
Permanently mounted aircraft radios should be programmed with the following:
• BER threshold of 2.5%
For aircrews that are assigned portable radios, these portable radios should be programmed for
the following:
• 2.5% or 2.9% BER threshold
These settings apply for both aircraft installed radios using remote mounted mobile or portable
radios and Technisonic-type aircraft control panel mounted avionics packages using internal
portable radios.
Procedures for landing zone areas where communications with ground personnel are conducted
are recommended on a simplex, non-trunked, channel.
In addition to the SOP training requirement, training for users of aircraft radios shall include a
description of the issues surrounding airborne operation of System radios including:
• Issues of potential interference to other systems due to frequency reuse;
• Personnel using portable radios in a limited capacity (observers, guests, etc.) and the
potential for FAA and FCC rule violation, and interference.
Recommended Procedure
Installation and programming should be performed as outlined in this section. Operation of
Aircraft landing zone coordination should be performed as outlined in this section. In-flight
transmissions should be as brief as possible due to the potential interference.
Management
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 51 of 83
The Lead Agency Director will be responsible for the oversight and compliance of this standard.
Due to the potential of interference issues to expand beyond a specific region or into another
County, Lead Agency staff should also be notified if any interference is detected and is believed
to have originated from a CCCS radio equipped aircraft.
4.22 In-building Coverage
Purpose or Objective
Establishes policy on the approval, usage and regulation of in-building coverage enhancement
devices on System frequencies and the tracking of all locations utilizing these devices for the
purpose of mitigating interference issues. In-building coverage systems include Emergency
Responder Radio Communications Systems (ERRCS), Bi-Directional Amplifiers (BDA), and
Distributed Antenna Systems (DAS).
Technical Background
The System is designed for mobile and portable radio coverage but cannot provide 100%
coverage in all places. In-building coverage devices aim to improve radio access within a
confined space such as high-density buildings. Although the use of in-building coverage devices
may improve in-building coverage, it may also create interference issues with the overall
System. Tracking the locations of all in-building coverage devices will aid in quickly locating
offending equipment.
Protocol/Standard
The Lead Agency must approve and regulate in-building coverage systems on frequencies
licensed to the County of Orange. It is important for the Lead Agency to maintain a list of
facilities that have in-building coverage devices used with the System.
Any agency or department planning to install an in-building coverage system will submit their
plans to the Lead Agency as described in the current OCSD ERRCS Guidelines document. This
will include the physical address, emergency contact information, building name, location within
the building, manufacturer and model number. The Lead Agency must review and approve
operation of the installed in-building coverage system to ensure proper installation and
operation and to mitigate any adverse effect on the System.
It is the responsibility of the equipment/facility owner to comply with all requirements of the
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), California Fire Code (CFC) and Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) including licensing, location reporting, and interference
mitigation.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 52 of 83
Recommended Procedure
Agencies planning to install an in-building coverage system shall contact the Lead Agency for
guidance and to begin the approval process. All agencies shall submit to the Lead Agency a list
of locations where BDA, DAS or other ERRCS systems are installed that are supplementing the
System. In-building coverage devices not supplementing the System do not need to be
reported. This list will be updated periodically.
Management
The Lead Agency will manage the In-Building Coverage policy and maintain the list of in-
building devices supplementing the System. Each agency will maintain a list of in-building
coverage devices within their jurisdiction along with contact information for the
equipment/facility owner to allow access should the equipment interfere with the System.
5.0 CONFIGURATIONS AND ALLOCATION
5.1 Zone and Talkgroup Naming Standards
Purpose or Objective
A well-defined method of naming radio programming zones and talkgroups/channels aids in
user interoperability by allowing all users to understand the designated use of individual
talkgroups/channels and how to find those talkgroups/channels in their radio.
Operational Context
In addition to agency-specific zones and talkgroups, all System users have certain
talkgroups/channels programmed into their radios that are common to all System users to allow
for operational interoperability. The ability to quickly locate these common talkgroups/channels
for interoperability requires a uniform programming methodology to place the
talkgroups/channels in specific zones in all radio on the System.
Protocol/Standard
The Lead Agency, in conjunction with User Agencies, and with the authority of the Governance
Committee has established the zone and talkgroup naming structure used by all System users.
The zone/talkgroup/Channel names and radio template structure is provided in the Official
Communications Handbook (Radio Code Book) for each System Discipline (Law, Fire,
Lifeguard/Marine Safety, Public Works).
Requests for additional zones or talkgroups must be submitted to the Lead Agency for
consideration and analysis as to their potential impact on the System.
Management
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 53 of 83
The Lead Agency shall maintain the Official Communications Handbook and associated records
related to zone and talkgroup/channel naming.
5.2 Radio IUID Allocation
Purpose or Objective
Allocates radio Item Unit Identification number (IUID) ranges for the individual agencies. This
allows the Lead Agency to manage the pool of IUIDs as radio users and console positions are
configured. This simplifies the management of the IUIDs and provides an easier indication of
what IUIDs belong to which agency in the event that a radio user alias is not available.
Technical Background
These IUIDs are the same IUIDs that users type in for call alert pages. Also, these are the
IUIDs that are displayed on the subscriber radios if the “ID Display” feature is enabled. These
IUIDs are also displayed at the console if the console alias feature is not available.
Operational Context
The Lead Agency will allocate radio IUID ranges to agencies based on the number of units the
agency will have active on the System and will be shown on the master agency IUID list.
Protocol/Standard
Only radio IUIDs allocated to an individual agency can be used in the programming of that
agency’s radios and consoles. The Lead Agency is responsible for the programming of all radios
on the System.
Procedure
The Lead Agency maintains the master list of IUID distribution and will allocate IUIDs to
agencies based on each agency’s radio count and need. If an agency requires additional IUIDs
beyond the initial allocation, a request shall be made to the Lead Agency. The Lead Agency will
evaluate the request and conduct an analysis to determine impact to the System. Upon
completion of the analysis, the Lead Agency may approve or deny the request, or ask for
additional information.
Management
The Lead Agency manages the IUID ranges for day-to-day activities, and manages the IUID
ranges for reserve or future allocation.
5.3 Fleetmap Standards
Purpose or Objective
Defines the process used to document the Fleetmap information for the effective management
of the System.
System Fleetmap configuration information is classified as ‘Restricted Information’ and is not
released to the public.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 54 of 83
Technical Background
The Fleetmap is parameter information programmed into the System infrastructure and into the
subscriber radios to control how those radios perform on the System.
The Fleetmap spreadsheet is a documented matrix of the talkgroups in the System and the
departments or agencies that use and control user access to these talkgroups. The Fleetmap
contains the following information:
• Talkgroup Name – Name of the talkgroup as it is programmed into the System.
• Talkgroup Alias – Abbreviated naming of the talkgroup to fit within the 8 or 14 character
radio display.
• Talkgroup ID – Numerical designation of the talkgroup in decimal and/or hexadecimal.
• Failsoft Channel – The System channel designated for the talkgroup when in the failsoft
mode.
• Owner – The primary user agency with access control of the talkgroup.
• Priority – Priority level of the talkgroup.
• On Console – If the talkgroup is available as a console resource.
• Trunked Alternate – A talkgroup to be used when the user’s primary system is
unavailable.
Operational Context
The Lead Agency will establish and manage the Fleetmap database information for all users of
the System.
Protocol/Standard
A detailed matrix is maintained by the Lead Agency on the System database. Each agency’s
radio representative maintains a Fleetmap spreadsheet containing data on their talkgroups and
the users for whom they are responsible.
Procedure
If an individual agency desires to make updates and changes to their Fleetmap standards, the
changes shall be requested through the Lead Agency.
• The Lead Agency will evaluate any requests for changes and conduct an analysis to
determine its feasibility and impact on the System.
• The Lead Agency will decide if the request will be approved or denied and proceed
accordingly with notification to the requesting agency.
The disclosure of the Fleetmap configuration information, including talkgroup IDs, user IDs,
user privileges and other related System information could substantially jeopardize the security
of the System. This disclosure makes it more susceptible to sabotage and unauthorized access
to the contents of confidential voice and data communications. Therefore, the master Fleetmap
data shall be classified as ‘Restricted Information’ and is not available to the general public
except by formal written request to the 800 MHz CCCS Governance Committee.
Management
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 55 of 83
The Lead Agency manages the Fleetmap and System programming for all agencies.
5.4 Subscriber Template Management
Purpose of Objective
Defines the process that is used to document the radio subscriber template information for the
effective management of the System. The System contains a large number of talkgroups to
support the various agencies that subscribe to the System. Subscriber template configuration
information is classified as ‘Restricted Information’ and is not released to the general public.
Technical Background
The subscriber template is parameter information programmed into the individual subscriber
radios to control how those radios perform on the System.
An agency’s subscriber template is developed and maintained by the Lead Agency with the
input of each agency’s radio representative. This is to ensure the agency gets the talkgroups,
features, and functionality desired from the radios, while maintaining the overall functionality
and integrity of the System.
The radio subscriber template is usually specific to a particular agency, but an agency can elect
to have different versions of the template based on the department’s needs and operations.
The templates normally contain the following information:
• Radio Configuration – Specific information related to a particular model of radio,
including but not limited to: button assignment, display options, menu items, and other
radio wide parameters.
• Conventional – Personality information that determines the radio’s operation in the
conventional mode such as frequencies, tones, and signaling options.
• Trunking – Identifies System and talkgroup specifics that the subscriber radio has access
to, as well as System and unit-specific ID numbers relating to the radios operation.
• Scan – Defines the limits and lists of the subscriber radio’s scan function, when
equipped.
• Zone Assignment – Where talkgroups are combined into specifically labeled ‘zones’
within the radio that represent or reflect operations of a particular agency or operation.
The zone designation reflects an acronym, which should easily identify the zone as
belonging to a particular agency.
Operational Context
The Lead Agency creates and manages all subscriber templates to ensure uniformity and proper
operation on the System.
Protocol/Standard
User Agencies may have multiple subscriber templates based upon their operational needs. The
Lead Agency shall maintain a subscriber template spreadsheet for each of the agency’s
template versions.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 56 of 83
The Lead Agency will work with each user agency to develop the subscriber templates for that
agency. All subscriber template creation and modification shall be done by the Lead Agency.
The Lead Agency shall maintain all associated documentation for each subscriber template.
Procedure
If individual agencies desire to make updates and/or changes to their subscriber templates,
those change requests shall be submitted to the Lead Agency for review. The Lead Agency will
approve or deny the request after reviewing impact to the System and other users. If approved,
the costs for template change and subsequent reprogramming of subscriber radios will be borne
by the requesting agency.
The disclosure of the subscriber template configuration information, including talkgroup IDs,
user IDs, user privileges and other related System information could substantially jeopardize the
security of the System. This disclosure makes it more susceptible to tampering, sabotage,
unauthorized use, jamming, hacking, unauthorized access to the contents of confidential voice
and data communications. Therefore, the subscriber template spreadsheets shall be classified
as ‘Restricted Information’ and are not available to the general public except by formal written
request to the 800 MHz CCCS Governance Committee.
Management
The Lead Agency manages all subscriber templates and programming for all agencies and
maintains records of the process. Access is strictly controlled and is considered ‘Restricted
Information’.
5.5 Talkgroup Assignments
Purpose or Objective
Defines the assignment/usage of agency-specific, common and interoperable/mutual aid
talkgroups and resources, and provides a standard so that the Lead Agency will have a firm
guideline on allowing particular talkgroups programmed into radios.
Operational Context
Talkgroups are considered assigned by the agency for which the talkgroup was specifically
created. The process for pre-defined sharing authorizations is explained in Section 5.6.
Recommended Protocol/Standard
There are three types of talkgroups that are programmed into the System:
• Agency-Specific – Created for, and controlled by, individual agencies for their day-to-
day operations. These talkgroups cannot be accessed by other System users without
express permission granted by the assigned agency. The process for obtaining this
permission is outlined in Section 5.6.
• Common Resources – Talkgroups/channels created for common use among discipline
specific agencies (law, fire, general) as needed. These talkgroups/channels are not
controlled by any individual agency but are available for use by all Partner Agencies and
are coordinated by the Control One.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 57 of 83
• Interoperable/Mutual Aid Resources – These talkgroups/channels are established
interoperable or mutual aid resources available to all System users based upon specific
discipline (law, fire, general) and allow communications with non-CCCS System agencies
as needed. These talkgroups/channels include the ability to be patched to non-800 MHz
resources for greater interoperability. These talkgroups/channels are coordinated locally
through the Control One.
Procedure
The Lead Agency will control all talkgroup generation and access parameters. Agencies shall
immediately notify the Lead Agency when changes to an agency-specific talkgroup are required
or the talkgroup is no longer required.
Management
The Lead Agency is responsible for the management of the Talkgroup Ownership policy.
5.6 Talkgroup Sharing
Purpose or Objective
Defines how System Partner Agencies can permit other agencies to access to their agency-
specific talkgroups.
Technical Background
Radios must be P25 compliant and compatible with the System. Refer to Section 4.13 of this
SOP for additional details on subscriber equipment standards.
Operational Context
Partner agencies have the authority and control to define who is allowed access to their agency-
specific talkgroups/channels. This process is accomplished with a formal written request to the
Lead Agency from the requesting agency which is passed to the agency-specific talkgroup
owner for approval. The request should include the specific talkgroup name desired and the
intended purpose and potential users of the talkgroup.
Protocol/Standard
Agency-specific talkgroups/channels shall not be programmed into any other radios without the
written permission from the controlling agency. Documented written approval letters shall be
maintained by the Lead Agency for each talkgroup sharing agreement.
Procedure
The Lead Agency working with the talkgroup ‘owner’ will process the request and, upon
approval, make the necessary modifications to the requesting agency template. The Lead
Agency will maintain all supporting documentation regarding the requested change. All costs
associated with the template change and reprogramming will be borne by the requesting
agency.
Management
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 58 of 83
The Lead Agency is responsible for the management of this procedure.
5.7 Talkgroup and Radio User Priorities
Purpose or Objective
Establishes varying priority levels for talkgroups to assure the most critical talkgroups on the
System are granted a channel as quickly as possible when the System is experiencing busy
conditions.
Technical Background
The System priorities can be managed both at the radio user level and at the talkgroup level.
Operational Context
Priority levels in the System are managed at the talkgroup level. The goal is to distribute
priorities across the System talkgroups in a way that maximizes the ability for critical groups to
communicate and minimizes the number of talkgroups with high priority.
5.9 Failsoft Assignments
Purpose or Objective
Creates and assigns System resources in a manner which maximizes System utility to users
consistent with each user’s mission and needs for radio communications during certain System
failure situations.
Technical Background
When the System’s main controllers detect certain failure conditions in the radio System, all
available channels revert from a trunking mode into a conventional repeater type of operation
that is given the term ‘failsoft’. During failsoft, talkgroups are assigned to a specific radio
channel (frequency) if so programmed, which allows the users to continue voice communication
while repairs are made to the System.
There are a limited number of channels available in the System, which results in a number of
talkgroups being combined on each channel while in failsoft. This requires the radio users to
share those channels between numerous agencies. This congestion of radio traffic happens only
during the failsoft condition.
If a talkgroup is not given a failsoft assignment, radios using that talkgroup will hear the low
pitched ‘out-of-range’ tone when the System is in failsoft, and will not be able to communicate
on that talkgroup.
Operational Context
The radio programming template failsoft assignments are configured to balance the ability for
users to achieve an acceptable level of communications while maintaining the individual
agency’s privacy when possible. While in the failsoft condition, effected radios will display the
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 59 of 83
word ‘FAILSOFT’ on the radio display and emit a short high-pitched tone every 10-15 seconds
to indicate to the user that normal trunked operation is unavailable.
Protocol/Standard
It is the policy of the Lead Agency to provide a failsoft assignment for every ‘primary’ talkgroup
on the System to prevent loss of communications for users. Failsoft channel assignments are
based on the needs of System users consistent with each user’s mission and need for radio
communications.
The Lead Agency makes determinations concerning Failsoft channel assignments.
During a Failsoft condition, dispatchers may need to announce instructions to radio users and
remind them that operations may be combined among several agencies and to implement radio
discipline to reduce radio traffic.
Management
The Lead Agency is the responsible authority for failsoft assignments and management.
Agencies desiring additional information on failsoft assignments may request the information
from the Lead Agency.
5.10 Scanning
Purpose or Objective
Identifies operational procedures and responsible authorities governing scanning System
talkgroups.
Technical Background
The network infrastructure and subscriber units are configured to permit managed user
scanning of talkgroups. Including a talkgroup in a non-priority scan list does not necessarily
result in the user hearing traffic on that talkgroup. Talkgroups are only active if there is at least
one user affiliated who has the talkgroup of interest as their selected channel.
Subscriber units can scan a talkgroup, a talkgroup in another zone, or another trunked radio
system if compatible. An entire radio can be set up as receive only.
Operational Context
Scanning by multiple subscriber units can quickly overwhelm a trunked radio system creating
system busies. As a result, scanning on the System has been limited to the Fire Services as a
legacy feature allowing scanning of their Dispatch Talkgroup and primary tacticals.
Protocol/Standard
Before scanning and/or monitoring of System talkgroups is allowed, permission must be
obtained from the Lead Agency and the agency ‘owning’ the talkgroup. Scanning must also be
approved by the requestor’s agency in their template design.
Scanning can only be enabled in the programming template by the Lead Agency.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 60 of 83
Management
The Lead Agency is responsible for authorizing, programming and managing scanning in
subscriber templates.
5.11 Emergency Button
Technical Background
The emergency button feature allows a radio user to send an emergency notification by
pressing a button on the radio. The notifications audibly and visually alert dispatch console
positions that have the initiating radio’s talkgroup in their active configuration. Other subscriber
radios on the same talkgroup also receive the emergency notification once the ‘emergency’
radio is keyed which will display the IUID (or alias if available) of the radio generating the
emergency.
Emergency calls are also automatically assigned the highest priority available by the System
controller and are the first available from the queue if the System is in a busy situation.
Operational Context
The orange button on a portable or mobile radio will be programmed with the emergency
feature for all agencies. Each agency should establish their own policy on how this feature
might be used, taking into consideration how it will impact the System and other users including
the Control One. The emergency feature can be used to alert dispatch and other users of an
emergency situation and simultaneously allow the activated radio to have priority over other
subscriber radios on the same talkgroup.
Protocol/Standard
The use of the emergency button as an emergency signaling option shall be available to any
agency on the System, subject to certain conditions and provisions including:
• Agencies must provide training to all users to ensure the safe and effective use of this
feature. The Lead Agency can also provide training and training materials.
• It is the individual agency’s responsibility to determine how an emergency alarm will be
deployed for their operation and the subsequent response to the alarm.
• If a user is temporarily assigned a radio other than their normal issued equipment, it is
essential that their designated monitoring point be made aware of the radio
identification to cross-reference it to the correct user in the event an emergency button
activation occurs.
• All agencies implementing the emergency feature shall have a plan in place to respond
to emergency button activation.
All emergency button response plans must include the following:
• An established radio monitoring point with the necessary console hardware/software to
receive, display and acknowledge the alert.
• Established monitoring point must be capable of identifying which radio user pushed the
button and capable of responding to the user in need. (Dispatch Center or Control One)
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 61 of 83
• In the event that the monitoring point is not the same agency as the radio user, an
agreement on policy, monitoring, use, and response, shall be in place among the
agencies.
• Established monitoring points shall be available during any/all hours that personnel are
using the System, or have an established after-hours arrangement with another
monitoring point.
• No dispatcher shall clear an emergency without ascertaining what action is necessary to
handle said emergency and taking the appropriate actions to do so.
Control One receives all emergency button activations and will contact originating radio user’s
agency for follow-up when activations occur on common/interoperable talkgroups that are not
assigned specifically to the agency in question.
Management
The Lead Agency will manage the overall Emergency Button policy. Agencies desiring to use the
emergency key function shall coordinate with agency resources that receive the emergency
calls. The receiving agencies shall have an appropriate plan in place and documented as to the
process to handle the emergency calls.
5.12 Encryption
Purpose or Objective
Establishes guidelines for the use of encryption on the System.
Technical Background
Encryption is an option on digital radio equipment that must be specially ordered and manually
configured. System users may or may not be capable of encryption depending on their
equipment configuration and operational needs. AES is the approved standard for encryption on
the System.
Operational Context
The use of encryption in the System is strapped to the specific talkgroups determined by the
System users to provide secure communications. Encryption is not a feature that can be
enabled or defeated at the user level. Each talkgroup is pre-determined to be either encrypted
or clear and is programmed as such in the subscriber template.
Radios transmitting with encryption cannot be heard by non-encrypted radios.
An encrypted talkgroup that is patched to a non-encrypted talkgroup or channel is no longer
considered secure communications as the encrypted audio is decrypted when pushed over the
patched non-encrypted talkgroup/channel. Likewise, audio fed to an internet streaming
application will not be secure.
Protocol/Standard
Only the Lead Agency is authorized to program encryption into radios on the System.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 62 of 83
Each agency shall determine if encryption will be used on its own agency-specific talkgroups.
Certain common/interoperable talkgroups allocated to specific disciplines such as law/fire will be
encrypted in all System radios. Non-encrypted common/interoperable talkgroups will also be
available to System users who do not have encrypted radios.
Care should be taken when assigning encrypted talkgroups to incident communications to
ensure all applicable users have encrypted radios.
Management
The Lead Agency manages the encryption policy and the programming of encryption into all
radios on the System.
6.0 INTEROPERABILITY STANDARDS
6.1 Interoperable Communications Requirements
Purpose or Objective
Establishes a minimum requirement for interoperable communications resources for all radios
using the System.
Technical Background
For the purpose of this document, the terms ‘mutual aid’ and ‘interoperability’ will be used
interchangeably. The term ‘channel’ will refer to a conventional resource.
The planners of the System recognized the need to make common interoperable talkgroups
available to all subscribers primarily for interagency and incident command communications.
Therefore, in addition to agency-specific talkgroups, the System also provides talkgroups that
are common to like-disciplined agencies (law, fire, public works, lifeguard) as well as talkgroups
that are available to all System users to provide interoperability between disciplines.
In addition to common System talkgroups, subscriber radios will also be programmed with local,
state and national conventional interoperable channels. Most of these conventional
interoperable channels are not encrypted but there are a few 700MHz encrypted channels
available in encryption-capable radios.
Operational Context
Interoperable talkgroups & channels are used when there is a need to coordinate activities
between different agencies and/or personnel assigned to work an event. Efforts should be
made to utilize the lowest level of interoperable talkgroup/channel first if possible. For example,
OC law agencies needing to coordinate with other law agencies should use the CCCS law
interoperability talkgroups/channels before considering national level interoperable channels. If
the coordination includes agencies that do not have access to the CCCS interoperable law
talkgroups, statewide or national interoperable channels would be selected.
Additional information on the operational use of these interoperable talkgroups/channels can be
found in the ‘Official Communications Handbook’ (Radio Code Book).
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 63 of 83
Protocol/Standard
All radios will be programmed to include the ‘general use’ interoperable talkgroups and channels
located in specific zones in the radio template. These talkgroups and channels will be
programmed into predetermined specific zones in all System radios to provide uniformity in
programming for ease of locating the talkgroups/channels when needed.
Radio templates will also include discipline-specific interoperable talkgroups (ie. Orange, Gray,
Black talkgroups for Law) in templates for all like-discipline agencies (law, fire, lifeguard, public
works). These discipline-specific interoperable talkgroups/channels will be programmed into
predetermined specific zones in all like-disciplined agency radios to provide uniformity in
programming and ease of use.
Additional information on the location of these interoperable talkgroups/channels in the radio
programming templates can be found in the ‘Official Communications Handbook’ (Radio Code
Book) for each discipline.
Procedure
Coordination of all interoperable talkgroups and channels in Orange County is managed by the
Control One. Any agency requiring interoperable talkgroups or channels should contact Control
One for assistance with selecting and reserving these resources to meet their needs.
Management
The Lead Agency is responsible for managing this policy and ensuring interoperable channels
are available and operational.
The Countywide Coordinated Communication Center (Control One) is responsible for managing
the assignment and use of the interoperable talkgroups and channels in Orange County.
6.2 Radio Console Patching of Talkgroups/Channels
Purpose or Objective
Establishes policy for use of a console patch between System talkgroups and/or other resources
on the dispatch console.
Technical Background
Most public safety communications/9-1-1 centers have the capability to initiate a console patch
but patches that include a common System resource shall be accomplished on a console at
Control One. Console patches can be established between multiple System talkgroups and/or
between a System Talkgroup and a non-System resource. The resources can be conventional or
trunked but must be an existing radio resource on the dispatch console.
Patches can be established without a radio dispatch console by using a deployable audio
gateway, such as an ACU-1000. Approval is required prior to creating any patch. A talkgroup
can only be in one patch at a time. A conventional channel can only be in one patch at a time.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 64 of 83
Great care must be used in deciding what talkgroups and other resources can be patched
together as a patch can have an unexpected consequential impact on other System resources.
The patch shall be monitored for continued coordination through Incident Command and/or
dispatch personnel.
Operational Context
Console Patches should only be used when there is an operational need for communications
between personnel that cannot be accomplished using common communications resources. Use
of conventional resources in a patch must be in compliance with the rules governing mutual aid
channel usage. Console patching will only be permitted when approved by agency Watch
Commander/Incident Commander and after notification to the Control One supervisor.
A patch involving agency-specific talkgroups/channels can be initiated on the local agency’s
console with approval by that agency’s Watch Commander.
Any patch involving a common System resource should be initiated by Control One.
Protocol/Standard
Each agency must develop written console patch and/or gateway device patch procedures
addressing their unique operation and resource capabilities. These procedures shall be
consistent with this policy. All communications center personnel shall receive initial and
continuing training on the use of this procedure.
Procedure
When an incident requires interagency coordination that is not available on a common talkgroup
or channel, a request for a patch can be initiated. If the desired resource to be patched is a
local agency resource and their agency-specific talkgroup/channel, the requesting agency can
initiate the patch on their local console with their Watch Commander’s approval and notification
to Control One.
If the desired resource to be patched is a common System resource, the patch request must be
directed to Control One after obtaining local agency Watch Commander approval. Control One
will then initiate the patch from their console.
Before initiating a System patch, check to make sure the radio resource being patched is not
already being used by another agency.
Radio console patches shall be used only if other suitable means for interagency communicating
are unavailable or insufficient.
Any time a console patch has been established, someone in the requesting agency’s
communications center must continually monitor the patch to address and mitigate
communications problems.
Management
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 65 of 83
The Lead Agency is responsible for managing this policy. All agencies electing to use console
patching are responsible for establishing and managing internal patch procedures and
complying with this policy.
6.3 Use of the Statewide and National Interoperability Channels
Purpose or Objective
Defines the procedures for the use of the conventional Statewide and National interoperable
radio channels for communications between radio users of disparate radio systems and/or
different frequency bands.
Technical Background
The FCC has designated certain VHF, UHF, 700 MHz & 800 MHz frequency pairs to be used
exclusively for conventional interoperable communications between public safety radio users.
Each frequency band includes a calling/hailing channel to be used in contacting the coordination
center for the local operational area. Additionally, each frequency band includes channels for
tactical operations in both repeater and direct “talkaround” modes. In the Orange County
Operational Area, these channels are coordinated by the Control One.
All CCCS Partner Agency radios include many of the 700 MHz and 800 MHz interoperability
channels in their standard radio programming template. Additional information on these
channels, including channel names and general use, can be found in the discipline specific
Orange County Official Communications Handbook (Radio Code Book) available to Partner
Agencies through the Lead Agency.
The Lead Agency also maintains repeater systems with Interoperable channels in the VHF and
UHF frequency bands which are available to CCCS Partner Agency users through a gateway
patch on the Control One radio console. This allows CCCS radio users to be patched to a non-
800 MHz radio system for interoperable communications with the users of that system.
Operational Context
These designated interoperable communications resources can be used for day-to-day
interagency coordination, for urgent or emergency mutual aid situations, and/or for other
purposes where coordination between radio users on separate 800 MHz radio systems or non-
800 MHz radio systems must communicate to perform assigned duties.
These channels shall not be used for regular communications between radio users with full
access to the CCCS, except when authorized and assigned by Incident Command.
Protocol/Standard
The 700 MHz and 800 MHz interoperability channels are programmed into the radio template of
all CCCS subscriber radios. These channels may be used when traveling outside the coverage
area of the CCCS System and are used to communicate with another 800 MHz radio system
with base and/or mobile radios on those channels.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 66 of 83
Control One shall monitor the interoperability hailing/calling channels at all times.
Procedure
When an incident requires the use of a Statewide or National 700 MHz or 800 MHz
interoperability resource, the requesting unit or agency will contact Control One to request the
assignment of an interoperable tactical channel. Control One will assign an appropriate channel
and monitor for any issues.
When an incident requires the use of a Statewide or National VHF or UHF interoperability
resource, the requesting unit or agency will contact Control One to request the assignment of a
tactical radio channel in the appropriate frequency band. Control One will initiate a patch
between the requested VHF or UHF resource and the 800 MHz talkgroup/channel used in the
patch.
Control One shall monitor all interoperability hailing/calling channels 24/7 to provide immediate
assistance when requested.
Management
The Lead Agency will manage this policy and the coordination and maintenance of interoperable
radio resources in Orange County.
CCCS agencies are responsible for providing training to their personnel on the proper use of
these Statewide and National Interoperable communications resources.
6.4 Control Station Usage on Interoperability Channels
Purpose or Objective
Establishes procedures for the use of control stations for gateway patching.
Technical Background
A control station is a radio that is set up like a portable or mobile radio, typically with a limited
number of talkgroups or conventional radio channels. It can be connected to a radio console or
used stand alone.
A control station can function on only one talkgroup or conventional channel at a time.
Use of a control station with a radio console to patch System resources can have a wide area
impact. This type of patch can be easily accomplished, but may take up multiple trunked radio
channels, causing the System to experience busies or possibly create radio interference. Control
station usage must comply with parameters listed on the agency’s FCC license.
Operational Context
There are a number of uses for control stations including:
• Installed at an agency that does not have a dispatch console to communicate with a
conventional repeater or trunked radio system.
• Connected to a dispatch console at a communications center.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 67 of 83
• Installed in a Mobile Communications Unit/Vehicle.
• Installed at an Incident Communications Center or Command Post.
Protocol/Standard
Radio control stations are permissible in the following circumstances:
• Connected to a radio console to be used to access the System by non-System user
agencies for interoperability purposes.
• Installed in a MCU/MCV.
• Installed temporarily in an Incident Communications Center or Command Post.
• Connected to a radio console to be used to access the System by user agencies for
interoperability purposes.
• Used with an audio logger to record transmitted or received audio.
All communications personnel performing the dispatch function shall be trained on the usage
and constraints of the control station. They should receive continued training to maintain
proficiency and understanding of the procedures.
A radio technician, COMT or other authorized person shall be involved in the configuration,
installation and testing of control stations, whether a temporary or permanent installation.
Limitations
• Control stations should not be used to patch a System talkgroup to another System
talkgroup except when approved by the Communications Center Supervisor and the
Control One Supervisor.
• Control station antennas must not exceed 20’ in height. If an antenna requires more
height than 20’ to access the System or mutual aid repeater, then a FCC license is
required.
• No control station antenna may exceed 200’ in height.
• Control stations should use Yagi (directional) antennas when possible.
• Antennas should use the lowest gain possible.
• Control station power should be kept as low as possible.
Procedure
Any agency wanting to use one or more control stations at the same location is only permitted
to use that configuration if the design is compliant with this SOP. The process for obtaining
permission is to submit a written request for control station usage to the Lead Agency Director.
• The request shall describe the location, desired talkgroups/channels, antenna height,
power, antenna type, antenna gain and feed line type of each control station.
• The Lead Agency may approve, deny or request modifications to the request.
Management
The Lead Agency will manage this policy.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 68 of 83
Each Dispatch Agency Manager will ensure their personnel are properly trained on the use of
control stations for gateway patching.
6.5 Required Monitoring of Interoperability Channels
Purpose or Objective
Establishes procedures for monitoring mutual aid/interoperability channels at communications
centers and command posts.
Operational Context
Monitoring of mutual aid channels is imperative for the benefit of users needing assistance.
Many channels have been identified to use for interoperability but not all of them will be
monitored when not in use. Due to the fact that these Statewide and National interoperable
channels do not belong to any one agency, there is no channel ‘owner’ monitoring them. As a
result, a designated monitoring center should be established in each Operational Area.
Protocol/Standard
Control One is the designated monitoring center in Orange County for all Statewide and
National interoperability calling/hailing channels available. Control One will monitor and respond
to any unit requesting assistance on the calling/hailing channel and assign an appropriate
tactical channel as necessary.
Dispatch Centers are responsible for monitoring any Statewide or National Interoperable
channel assigned to them for an incident. The local Dispatch Center will monitor and respond to
any communications traffic on the assigned interoperable channel until the completion of the
incident.
Once the incident has been terminated and the interoperable resource is no longer needed, the
Dispatch Center will notify Control One and release their responsibility for monitoring the
tactical channel.
Management
The Lead Agency will manage this policy. The Emergency Communications Coordinator will
work with Control One to identify specific interoperable channels to be monitored 24/7 by
Control One.
Each Dispatch Agency Manager will ensure their personnel are properly trained on the use of
Statewide and National interoperability resources.
7.0 MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITIES
7.1 System Maintenance
Purpose or Objective
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 69 of 83
Defines the System maintenance responsibilities and roles. The maintenance levels for the 800
MHz Radio System and its subsystems shall be set to a standard to protect the overall
functionality and integrity of the System for all users.
Operational Context
The 800 MHz CCCS System is a complex network of radio sites and equipment that require
highly trained engineering and technical personnel to constantly monitor the System and
intervene as required to prevent System failure and quickly restore the System should any
equipment experience failure. The CCCS Governance Committee has designated the Lead
Agency as the primary agency responsible for the maintenance of the System. Agreements
between the Lead Agency and maintenance contractors are at the Lead Agency’s discretion, but
the Lead Agency is ultimately responsible for the System maintenance.
Recommended Procedure
Any maintenance issues affecting the System will be addressed and resolved by the Lead
Agency. The Lead Agency may, at its discretion, involve contract vendors in the process as
necessary
For emergency and urgent repairs, the Lead Agency may request and expect cooperation from
support resources (e.g. – support staff and/or parts) from other agencies to restore
equipment/systems to normal operation.
For day-to-day maintenance, the Lead Agency or its contract vendor shall maintain the
equipment.
Repair of any equipment not normally maintained by the Lead Agency requires the notification
and consent of the owning agency.
The Lead Agency and/or their contracted service providers are responsible for:
• FAA registrations, FCC ASR registrations and FCC licenses, ensuring that equipment is
properly licensed and copies of the licenses are posted at the sites as required by
regulations.
• Maintaining equipment within the limits of County of Orange FCC licenses.
• Notifying the responsible personnel of equipment and location issues that require
attention.
• Managing the inventory of the radio subscriber and infrastructure equipment.
• Ensuring that equipment at the tower sites that is not part of the System inventory shall
be clearly labeled to indicate agency ownership.
• Routine equipment maintenance logs are kept at the sites.
• Maintaining current copies of all as-built documentation at each site and at the Lead
Agency office. Lead Agency is responsible for ensuring the accuracy of all as-built data
related to the infrastructure equipment and any changes shall be immediately
documented. Lead Agency shall distribute the updated information as required.
• Coordinating, implementing and/or overseeing configuration changes affecting the
System infrastructure.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 70 of 83
• Any work being scheduled affecting the System and/or subsystems performance and
reasonable notification to the System’s users of same.
• Ensuring all technicians assigned to work on System equipment have successfully
completed appropriate training on the equipment. Training requirements are referenced
in the training section of the SOP.
• Following a preventive maintenance plan as defined in the preventative maintenance
section of the manufacturers’ manuals.
• Maintaining a list of the qualifications and contact information of technical staff in the
event of an emergency.
• Maintaining a list of the available spare parts/equipment pertaining to the System and
subsystems.
• Ensuring any equipment upgrades or changes affecting normal operations of the System
are discussed and approved by the Governance Committee.
• Determining how critical an equipment failure is operationally, determining the
appropriate action, and escalating or de-escalating the repair process as needed.
Management
The Lead Agency is responsible for managing the maintenance of the System equipment and
sites and managing the repair responsibilities in emergency situations.
7.3 Maintenance / Repair Notifications
Purpose or Objective
Defines the procedure for notifications of scheduled and unanticipated maintenance activities
having an impact on normal System operations, System interruptions, and System outages.
It is the policy of the Lead Agency to provide guidelines for user notifications for any
maintenance actions having a potential for System interruptions.
Technical Background
Typically, equipment functionality can change when hardware and software configuration
alterations or other maintenance activities are performed. Advanced notification of planned
maintenance activities that impact the normal operation of the System allows user agencies and
subscribers to make preparations as needed. Notification will also be made to user agencies
when a catastrophic failure happens.
If the notification process is difficult and lengthy, it can become a barrier to making notification
to user agencies.
Failure to make proper notification to user agencies can result in unneeded confusion,
disruption or loss of public safety communications, and possible compromise of any special
operations communications.
Operational Context
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 71 of 83
Affected agencies shall be notified of maintenance activities that impact their subscribers on the
System. Agency notification of radio maintenance activities to their individual subscribers is at
the discretion of the user agency’s designated representative.
Protocol / Standard
The Lead Agency is responsible for monitoring the System on a 24-hour basis, through various
methods including on-site staff in the System Watch unit. Maintenance activities, planned or
unplanned, that could impact the subscribers usage of the System requires notification to the
affected agency’s radio representatives.
In the event of planned maintenance, all efforts should be made to conduct this type of activity
during off-peak hours where radio utilization is as low as possible. If an emergency or high
priority incident is in progress at the time of scheduled maintenance, it may be necessary to
reschedule or delay the maintenance until the situation has stabilized and can be safely moved
to alternate talkgroups or channels.
Procedure
A reasonable advance notice shall precede planned maintenance activities that affect the
agencies using the System. The notification methods shall be by phone, e-mail, radio, or any
combination of the same. The notification will consist of:
• The type of planned maintenance activity.
• When the maintenance will be conducted.
• The amount of time anticipated to complete the activity.
• The anticipated impact to the System and subsystems.
If a known activity has a significant operational impact upon any specific agency, a confirmation
of receipt of notification shall be obtained. It is the responsibility of the Lead Agency to ensure
that all affected users are notified will in advance of any such operations. Whenever possible,
these operations shall be scheduled when the normal radio traffic is slowest.
Prior to commencing the maintenance operation, personnel from the Lead Agency shall
coordinate with Control One to contact each affected dispatch center’s supervisor for a last
minute situational briefing.
Once maintenance operations begin, if dispatch operations recognize a need to terminate the
operation, or if unexpected problems occur, a communications supervisor must call Control One
to have the technical staff notified of the situation.
Unanticipated maintenance or equipment failures affect the agencies on the System and require
notification to the affected agency’s radio representative.
Upon notification of an equipment outage, Lead Agency technical staff is expected to:
• Determine the impact of the impairment to the operation of the System. A minor failure
is something that either does not affect or minimally affects user functionality. A major
failure is something that seriously affects or risks user functionality of the System.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 72 of 83
• Determine if there are internal or external factors that alter the priority of System
impairment, such as weather, subscriber loading unique public safety activities or
impending events, etc.
• Determine if manual intervention is required. A serious failure requires initiating repair
processes regardless of the time of day. Minor failures can wait until normal business
hours or other convenient time before repair. The determination is at the discretion of
the Lead Agency, and shall be based on internal System functionality and external
subscriber needs.
• Determine if additional external resources are required.
Once the operation or repairs are complete, Lead Agency personnel shall contact Control One
for an update and user feedback.
When requested by the Governance Committee, the details of the recovery processes may be
reviewed for improvements.
Management
The Lead Agency is responsible for maintaining this policy and ensuring representatives from all
affected agencies are notified as appropriate. Each agency’s radio representatives are
responsible for notifications within their respective agencies.
7.4 System Coverage
Purpose or Objective
Establishes the requirements for regular outdoor testing and verification of System signal
quality and coverage.
Technical Background
Signal coverage of the System fluctuates constantly and is influenced by many conditions
including but not limited to:
• Terrain.
• Weather.
• Vegetation.
• Building Construction.
• Equipment Condition.
• Location.
Regular sampling of signal quality and strength at pre-designated locations will help to confirm
adequate coverage, or if a problem might have developed in certain locations due to changes in
one of the above conditions.
Operational Context
Periodic coverage testing is a critical component of System operation and maintenance, and will
continue toward identifying and mitigating any signal coverage issues, including any potential
effects of new building construction and development.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 73 of 83
Protocol / Standard
Lead Agency staff performs comprehensive signal coverage test to evaluate the System’s signal
strength and quality across the service area. The locations and number of individual test points
shall be based on the area’s building density and known areas of poor coverage.
The results of each test will be compared to previous results and monitored for signal
degradation. Test results will be stored on a shared data server for historical comparisons.
Management
The Lead Agency Director oversees the process, evaluates the results, develops remediation
strategies, and reports significant findings to the Governance Committee.
7.5 Repair Parts Inventory
Purpose or Objective
Establishes an inventory control procedure for infrastructure and subscriber repair parts.
It is the policy of the Lead Agency to ensure that planning is in place and available resources
identified to expedite the recovery of the System and related components in the case of
disaster, catastrophic failure or other major incident that affects operations of the System.
Operational Context
Lead Agency will maintain an inventory of spare parts for regular repairs to the System and
subscriber radios.
Protocol / Standard
The spare parts inventory for infrastructure and subscriber units shall be kept at Lead Agency
facilities for ready access when needed.
Management
The Lead Agency maintains and manages the repair parts inventory.
7.6 Disaster Recovery
Purpose or Objective
Establishes the minimum requirements for a System disaster recovery plan.
It is the policy of the Governance Committee and Lead Agency to ensure that planning is in
place and resources identified and available to expedite the recovery of the System and related
components in the case of disaster, catastrophic failure or other major incident that affects
operations of the System.
Operational Context
Lead Agency personnel will maintain a comprehensive plan for restoration of the System during
times of disaster. If the Operational Area EOC is activated, the Emergency Communications
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 74 of 83
Coordinator (ECC) must be notified of any System problem so that it can be logged into
WebEOC.
Management
The Lead Agency maintains and manages the Disaster Recovery Plan.
8.0 SITE AND SYSTEM SECURITY
8.1 Site Security
Purpose or Objective
Establishes the minimum requirement to provide site security and protect the integrity of the
System’s radio towers equipment shelters and equipment.
Technical Background
Security measures have the overall benefit of protecting the functionality, integrity and
operation of the System. Details of specific security measures cannot be placed within a public
document as this would compromise measures used in monitoring and maintaining security.
Operational Context
The physical security of equipment, facilities, and structures making up the core of the radio
System infrastructure is paramount to the reliability and availability of communications carried
on the System. Each site is within a fenced, gated and locked compound, with shelter entry
monitored and reported to a central monitoring point. A remote controlled camera systems are
installed and monitored for any unauthorized entry or security concerns.
Protocol / Standard
Access to the sites are tightly controlled and entry to those sites is granted only to those
personnel with proper authorization from the Lead Agency. All personnel requiring site access
must be accompanied by Lead Agency staff. Unaccompanied access to any System site is not
authorized. Entry alarms for the remote sites are received at Systems Watch and sent
immediately to Lead Agency technical support staff.
Procedure
Notification to Lead Agency Technical staff and Systems Watch is required of all agencies and
vendors prior to gaining site access. Any person requiring access to the tower sites for any
reason shall have full clearance from the Lead Agency and be accompanied and monitored by
Lead Agency personnel while on site. Law enforcement personnel will be immediately notified
and dispatched to any site with unexpected or unexplained alarms or unidentified personnel
viewed remotely from the camera systems.
Any agency or vendor requiring access to any tower site or equipment location shall make
immediate notification to the Lead Agency of urgent issues such as discharged employees or
cancelled contracts.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 75 of 83
When a site has been vandalized or broken into, the jurisdictional law enforcement agency
should be notified. The person who discovers the event has the responsibility to preserve the
crime scene and not contaminate it. He/she should have Systems Watch log the time when the
event was discovered and any other pertinent information relating to the site/scene. Systems
Watch should notify the appropriate local law enforcement agency as well as the Orange
County Sheriff’s Department Watch Commander and Control One. Other agencies may be
notified if they own equipment at the site. Lead Agency will notify all affected agencies as soon
as possible.
When the site is off the air due to a crime, the technician should refrain from making entry
unless permission has been given by the Lead Agency Director due to extreme circumstances
taking place that requires coverage from the site.
If a radio technician should arrive at a site and an unauthorized vehicle or person is on the
property, they should back off, notify Systems Watch and call 911. The technician should give
the 911 call taker the street address and advise them of the situation. If there is no cell service
on site, the technician should radio the information to Systems Watch and request law
enforcement response. Systems Watch personnel should immediately contact the appropriate
law enforcement agency to request response. Systems Watch personnel will also notify Lead
Agency supervisors and management. At no time should the technician put themselves at risk
of harm.
If a technician has to respond to a vandalized remote site after normal business hours, it is
recommended for safety reasons that a minimum of two persons respond to the site. Law
enforcement may be requested to go to the site with the technician.
Management
The Lead Agency Director is responsible for managing this procedure.
8.2 Network Operational Security
Purpose or Objective
Establishes the specific security measures for System and subsystem equipment and to define
site security policy.
Technical Background
Security measures have the overall benefit of protecting the functionality, integrity and
operation of the System. Details of specific security measures cannot be placed within a public
document as this would compromise measures used in monitoring and maintaining security.
Protocol / Standard
All items identified as ‘Restricted Information’ will be maintained in secure areas within the
control of the Lead Agency and is not available outside of the Lead Agency except by formal
written request.
Technical information that can compromise System security is considered ‘Restricted
Information’.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 76 of 83
The System’s network is protected from other data networks by isolation or by using System
manufacturer specified and configured firewall with the approval of the Lead Agency.
All remote access points to the System are kept secure and are coordinated with the Lead
Agency.
Passwords protect the System and subsystem equipment for the purpose of preventing
unauthorized access to equipment. The Lead Agency issues and manages the passwords.
User login accounts are protected with passwords providing an appropriate level of protection.
If a password is suspected of being compromised, it must be immediately updated or the user
account will be disabled pending resolution.
External devices (computers, modems, routers, data storage, etc.) shall not be connected to the
System network, computers, or consoles without the approval of the Lead Agency Director. Any
such device must also be supplied, supported, and maintained by the user Agency’s Information
Technology department or service provider to ensure the most current device security software
and virus protection is in place.
At no time will any personally owned device be connected to any port or connector on the
System. Any such action may result in the immediate revocation of access privileges for the
offender and/or agency.
It is recommended that computers used for programming or maintenance not be connected to
the internet to help reduce possibility of virus infection.
A ‘Group Policy’ shall be implemented on the System to prevent the use of external USB ports
on all dispatch consoles.
Procedure
All agencies, contractors, and personnel that require access to Lead Agency controlled sites,
equipment or networks must pass a comprehensive background check before access is allowed
and must be accompanied by Lead Agency staff while on site.
Violations of System security policy or procedures may jeopardize the System and result in the
loss of a technician’s, agency’s or vendor’s privileges to access the System.
System documentation is classified as ‘Restricted Information’.
Management
The Lead Agency Director is responsible for the network, equipment, and site security of the
System.
8.3 Software, Firmware and Document Security
Purpose or Objective
Establishes the minimum security measures and procedures to protect the integrity of the
System software and programming.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 77 of 83
Technical Background
The documentation, service and technical manuals, databases, spreadsheets and software of
the System contain critical operational and technical information that could compromise the
System if obtained by unauthorized personnel and is classified as ‘Restricted Information’.
Operational Context
The documentation and software of the System changes as the System evolves. Those changes
and revision must be documented and maintained in a central location for quick and easy
access for the technical support staff.
Protocol Standard
In the best interest of public safety, all documentation, service and technical manuals,
databases, spreadsheets and software of the System are considered ‘Restricted Information’.
Software relating to the programming of any System component shall only be installed on
authorized government owned computers or Lead Agency authorized contractors’ computers.
Procedure
All items identified as ‘Restricted Information’ will be maintained in secure areas within the
control of the Lead Agency Director. These items will only be shared with those who require
knowledge of it for operational purposes. This information is not available to anyone outside of
the Lead Agency. An exception may be made with a formal written request and approval from
the Governance Committee. This information is not to be released to any personnel who do not
have a legitimate and appropriate need for it.
Management
The Lead Agency Director is responsible for managing this procedure.
9.0 APPENDIX
9.1 Lead Agency Contact Information
Normal Working Hours – Monday-Friday 7:30AM – 4:30PM
Customer Service – 714-704-7999
• Radio repair request
• Radio programming request
• Radio/accessories purchase request
• Dispatch console repair request
Systems Watch – 714-628-7020
• Lost/Stolen radio notification
• Radio deactivation
• Radio transmission history/statistics
After Normal Working Hours
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 78 of 83
Systems Watch – 714-628-7020
• Lost/Stolen radio notification
• Radio System coverage issues
• Emergency radio repair requests
• Emergency dispatch console repair requests
Control One – 714-834-7008
• Operational issues
• Request restricted talkgroup assignment
• Interoperability assistance
• Emergency radio or console repair requests
Physical Address:
OCSD/Technology Division – Administration & Radio Repair
840 N. Eckhoff St.
Suite 104
Orange, CA 92868
9.2 Glossary – Definitions and Acronyms
Item/Acronym Definition
700MHz
For Public Safety LMR, digital P25 voice radio channels between 769/775 MHz
and 799/805 MHz. Channels have 30 MHz seperation between Tx & Rx when
repeated. FCC designated low power channels can be used analog voice.
7CALL / 7TAC Nationwide 700 MHz Calling and Tactical channels
800MHz
For Public Safety LMR, analog or digital voice or data radio channels between
806/816 and 851/860 MHz. Channels have 45 MHz seperation between Tx & Rx
when repeated.
8CALL / 8TAC Nationwide 800 MHz Calling and Tactical channels
ACU-1000
An audio gateway device capable of connecting disparate radio systems,
channels, or talkgroups together during on-scene operations, similar to a console
patch between talkgroups
AES Advanced Encryption Standard
Alias A common alphanumeric name used to identify a radio, talkgroup, site, etc.
rather than referencing the assigned 6 digit ID number
ANSI American National Standards Institute
APCO Association of Public-Safety Communications Officials
APCO P25 A public-safety digital radio standard
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 79 of 83
Item/Acronym Definition
ASK Advanced System Key
BDA Bi-Directional Amplifier, relays radio signals into and out of a building
BER Bit Error Rate
CCCS Countywide Coordinated Communications System
Channel A pair of frequencies, transmit and receive, that are used for a single
communications path
Channel Bank
A device that combines multiple data and/or audio inputs into TDMA format so
that it can be transmitted over microwave or T1 circuit and shared between
transmitter sites
Code plug The file containing a specific radio’s programming parameters
COMC Communications Coordinator
COML Communications Unit Leader
COMT Incident Communications Technician
Console Patching Ability to connect channels via dispatch consoles
Consolette A mobile radio mounted into a case with power supply and converted for desk-
top use
Control Station
An installed radio unit, sometimes a mobile radio, normally found at a desk or
common work area indoors or directly connected to a console or other fixed
transmitting location
DAS Distributed Antenna System, relays radio signals into and out of a building
Digial radio Digital radios turns sound (by signal processing) into patterns of digits
(numbers) rather than the radio waves which are used for analog transmissions.
Dispatch Console A fixed radio operator position with multiple radio resources and features that
can access any subset of talkgroups and/or conventional channels
ECC Emergency Communications Coordinator
EIA Electronic Industry Alliance
EMS Emergency Medical Services
EOC Emergency Operations Center
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FCC Federal Communication Commission
Fixed Radio equipment that is installed at a radio site or dispatch center
Fleetmap The master spreadsheet plan of the talkgroups, zones, Failsoft assignments,
alias information and other pertinent System and radio programming
FM Frequency Modulation
Gateway A device that allows two or more radio or voice devices to be connected together
IAP Incident Action Plan
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 80 of 83
Item/Acronym Definition
IC Incident Command
ICALL Calling Channel for ITAC
ICC Incident Communications Center
ICP Incident Command Post
ICS Incident Command System
ICS 205 Incident Radio Communications Plan
ICS 217 Communications Resource Availability Worksheet
ID Identification
Infrastructure
All of the fixed electrical and mechanical equipment, towers and building
structures, generators, transmitters, controllers, antennas, microwave and
ancillary equipment that comprise the operational backbone of the radio System
Inter-agency Located or occurring between two or more agencies
Interoperability
The ability of Public Safety responders to share information via voice and data
communications systems on demand, in real time, when needed, and as
authorized.
Interoperable Ability of a system to use the parts or equipment of another system
ITAC Conventional mutual aid channel 800 Mhz
ITS Information Technology Services
IUID Item Unit Identification number is a unique number assigned to each individual
subscriber radio authorized to have access to the System.
Lead Agency
Agency primarily responsible for maintenance, management, operation and
enhancement of the CCCS System. The CCCS Governance Committee has
designated the Orange County Sheriff Department Technology Division as the
Lead Agency.
LMR Land Mobile Radio
Logging The act of recording radio conversations for replay as required
MCC Mobile Communicaiton Center
MCU Mobile Communications Unit
MCV Mobile Communications Vehicle
MHz
Abbreviation for megahertz. 5 MHz = 5,000,000 Hz or 5,000 kHz. A unit of
measure for the number of times a frequency makes one complete cycle in one
second
Mission Critical
For mission critical applications, users have an expectation of "immediate"
communication with their dispatch or command center and little to no end‐to‐
end audio delays.
Mobile Radio A vehicular mounted radio with an power source and antenna
Mutual Aid Personnel, equipment, or services provided to another jurisdiction
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 81 of 83
Item/Acronym Definition
NECP National Emergency Communications Plan
NGOs Non-Governmental Organizations
NIMS National Incident Management System
OCCOPSA Orange County Chiefs of Police and Sheriff’s Association
OTAP Over the Air Programming
OTAR Over the Air Rekeying
P25
A suite of standards for digital radio communications for use by federal, state
and local public safety agencies in North America to enable them to
communicate with different vendor radio systems using a common platform
Patch Electrically connecting two or more radio channels or talkgroups so that those
users of those separate resources are able to communicate with each other
POC Point of Contact
Portable A lightweight, completely self-contained radio unit usually worn on user’s belt
Public Safety
An agency, department, or individual directly involved with the health, safety,
and/or security of the public including, but not limited to police, fire, emergency
management, and medical personnel and responders
Public Service
An agency, department, or individual involved with providing non-emergency
type services to the public including, but not limited to utilities, transportation,
education, and other governmental services, supporting public safety
Restricted
Information
Documentation, service and technical manuals, databases, spreadsheets and
software of the System containing critical operational and technical information
that could compromise the System if obtained by unauthorized personnel.
All items identified as ‘Restricted Information’ will be maintained in secure
areas within the control of the Lead Agency and is not available outside of the
Lead Agency except by formal written request.
RF Radio Frequency
SCIP Statewide Communications Interoperability Plan
SEOC State Emergency Operations Center
Simplex Radio to radio communications on one frequency. Also called Direct
Simulcast
A type of radio communications in which voice communications are transmitted
from multiple radio sites and can be received simultaneously by field units to
provide wide area coverage
Site The physical location of an antenna tower, equipment shelter and radio System
infrastructure equipment
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SOW Site on Wheels
Subscriber Unit A mobile, hand held or control station radio used on a trunked radio system
System User An individual operating a radio authorized to access the System.
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 82 of 83
Item/Acronym Definition
System Watch
Lead Agency unit responsible for 24/7 monitoring of CCCS and responding to
any System issues. This includes notifications, troubleshooting, callouts, repair,
etc., resulting in System restoration.
TAC Tactical on scene operation
Talk Around Radio to Radio communications on one frequency, usually the same frequency
on which a repeater transmits. Simular to Direct or Simplex
Talkgroup
Term ususally used with trunked radio systems. A talkgroup is a predefined list
of radios/users assigned a unique ID which allows them to communicate with
each other over a trunked radio system.
Talkgroup Alias Abbreviated naming of the talkgroup to fit within the 8 or 14
character radio display
Talkgroup Failsoft
Channel The system channel designated for a talkgroup when in the failsoft mode
Talkgroup ID Numerical designation of the talkgroup in decimal and/or
hexadecimal
Talkgroup Name Name of the talkgroup as it is programmed into the system
TIA Telecommunications Industry Association
Trunking/Trunked The automatic and dynamic sharing of a number of communications channels
between large numbers of radio users
UHF Ultra High Frequency – Range of 300 to 3,000 MHz for public safety LMR usually
refers to two bands. 380 to 460 MHz (low) and 460 to 512 MHz (high).
UPS Uninterruptible Power Source – a battery back-up device that provides
emergency power to connected equipment when utility power is not available.
User Agency An agency authorized to operate a radio on the System.
VHF
Very High Frequency – For public safety LMR, usually refers to VHF High Band
with a range of 136 to 164MHz. VHF Low Band has a frequency range below
100MHz.
Zone
An area in the radio / template containing positions for 16 individual talkgroups
or conventional radio channels which is normally labeled by an acronym that
closely represents the owner agency
Attachment A - Joint Agreement for 800 MHz CCCS Page 83 of 83
Comparison List
Subject/Item Previous New Notes
Table of Contents Section structure modified to
improve readability
Administrator of System Orange County Sheriff-Coroner
Department & County Lead Agency Simplify terminology and
nomenclautre
Section 1.2, 14.1 System Backbone section 14.1 System Infrastructure Simplify terminology and
nomenclautre
Section 2.2 Addition of two members
OCCOPSA & OCFCA member Previously seven members
Section 3.2.2 Addition of Sponsored Agency Allows Partner Agency to sponsor
Section 15.2, 5.3.1 Cost Sharing Section 15.2 Partner Agency cost allocation
based on their radio count
Previously 60/40 percent split of
cost allocation between county
and Partner Agency
Costs Backbone Costs Section 15.3 Reserve Fund Section 5.6 Simplify terminology and
nomenclautre
Budget Cost Sharing & Future System
Enhancements Section 15
Ten-Year Plan Budgeting Section
5.5
Forecast budget for capital
improvements
Payments Annual Payment Section 15.4 Partner Agency Financial
Obiligation Section 5.2
Simplify terminology and
nomenclautre
Supporting Document New Partner Agency Rider
document Prevsiously did not exist
Supporting Document Bylaws Previously did not exist
Attachment B - Comparison List of the Joint Agreement Page 1 of 1
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
1 800 MHz Backbone Cost Sharing - Cost Allocations based on Radio Counts
2
3 FY 21-22 COST ALLOCATION
4
5
6 CITY/AGENCY
LAW
EQUIP.
FIRE
EQUIP.
LIFEGR
D
EQUIP.
PW
EQUIP.TOTAL
ALLOCATION
PERCENT (60/40)OPERATIONS
BACKBONE
INFRASTR.
(1)
800 MHz
SUSTAIN.
FUND (1)TOTAL (60/40)
TOTAL
Straight
Radio Count
FY 20-
21Radio
Counts)
#
CHANGE
$ Change
over
FY 19-20
7 ALISO VIEJO Aliso Viejo Total42 0 0 12 54 0.41%$12,987 $2,199 $1,034 $16,220 $18,756 17,079$ 54 0 (858)$
8 ANAHEIM Anaheim Total1081 459 0 363 1,903 14.35%$457,668 $77,493 $36,452 $571,614 $660,962 599,967$ 1,897 6 (28,353)$
9 BREA Brea Total227 87 0 38 352 2.66%$84,655 $14,334 $6,743 $105,732 $122,259 105,635$ 334 18 97$
10 BUENA PARK Buena Park Total232 0 0 59 291 2.19%$69,985 $11,850 $5,574 $87,409 $101,072 92,035$ 291 0 (4,626)$
11 COSTA MESA Costa Mesa Total380157 0 111 648 4.89%$155,843 $26,388 $12,413 $194,643 $225,067 204,944$ 648 0 (10,301)$
12 CYPRESS Cypress Total144 0 0 33 177 1.34%$42,568 $7,208 $3,390 $53,166 $61,477 55,664$ 176 1 (2,497)$
13 DANA POINT Dana Point Total54 0 0 4 58 0.44%$13,949 $2,362 $1,111 $17,422 $20,145 17,079$ 54 4 343$
14 FOUNTAIN VALLEY Fountain Valley Total12764 0 63 254 1.92%$61,087 $10,343 $4,865 $76,295 $88,221 80,017$ 253 1 (3,721)$
15 FULLERTON Fullerton Total331 144 0 34 509 3.84%$122,414 $20,727 $9,750 $152,891 $176,789 160,033$ 506 3 (7,142)$
16 GARDEN GROVE Garden Grove Total4060 0 67 473 3.57%$113,756 $19,261 $9,060 $142,077 $164,285 149,596$ 473 0 (7,519)$
17 HUNTINGTON BEACH Huntington Beach Total518197 79 164 958 7.23%$230,397 $39,011 $18,351 $287,759 $332,739 302,672$ 957 1 (14,912)$
18 IRVINE Irvine Total570 0 0 165 735 5.54%$176,766 $29,930 $14,079 $220,776 $255,285 221,390$ 700 35 (614)$
19 LAGUNA BEACH Laguna Beach Total15598 60 68 381 2.87%$91,630 $15,515 $7,298 $114,443 $132,331 119,551$ 378 3 (5,108)$
20 LAGUNA HILLS Laguna Hills Total38 0 0 4 42 0.32%$10,101 $1,710 $805 $12,616 $14,588 13,283$ 42 0 (668)$
21 LAGUNA NIGUEL Laguna Niguel Total760 0 12 88 0.66%$21,164 $3,584 $1,686 $26,433 $30,565 27,832$ 88 0 (1,399)$
22 LAGUNA WOODS Laguna Woods Total110 0 0 11 0.08%$2,645 $448 $211 $3,304 $3,821 3,479$ 11 0 (175)$
23 LAKE FOREST Lake Forest Total89 0 0 4 93 0.70%$22,366 $3,787 $1,781 $27,935 $32,301 29,413$ 93 0 (1,478)$
24 LA HABRA La Habra Total172 14 0 58 244 1.84%$58,682 $9,936 $4,674 $73,292 $84,748 77,170$ 244 0 (3,879)$
25 LA PALMA La Palma Total61 0 0 11 72 0.54%$17,316 $2,932 $1,379 $21,627 $25,007 22,772$ 72 0 (1,145)$
26 LOS ALAMITOS Los Alamitos Total51 0 0 0 51 0.38%$12,265 $2,077 $977 $15,319 $17,714 16,130$ 51 0 (811)$
27 MISSION VIEJO Mission Viejo Total96 0 0 22 118 0.89%$28,379 $4,805 $2,260 $35,444 $40,984 36,687$ 116 2 (1,243)$
28 NEWPORT BEACH Newport Beach Total320122 62 119 623 4.70%$149,830 $25,370 $11,934 $187,134 $216,384 197,353$ 624 (1)(10,220)$
29 ORANGE Orange Total340 215 0 104 659 4.97%$158,488 $26,836 $12,623 $197,947 $228,888 210,004$ 664 (5)(12,057)$
30 PLACENTIA Placentia Total152 48 0 0 200 1.51%$48,100 $8,144 $3,831 $60,075 $69,465 45,859$ 145 55 14,216$
31 RANCHO SANTA MARGARITA Rancho Santa Margarita Total4100 1 42 0.32%$10,101 $1,710 $805 $12,616 $14,588 13,283$ 42 0 (668)$
32 SAN CLEMENTE San Clemente Total860 15 5 106 0.80%$25,493 $4,317 $2,030 $31,840 $36,817 33,525$ 106 0 (1,685)$
33 SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO San Juan Capistrano Total390 0 2 41 0.31%$9,860 $1,670 $785 $12,315 $14,240 12,651$ 40 1 (335)$
34 SANTA ANA Santa Ana Total648 0 0 151 799 6.03%$192,158 $32,537 $15,305 $240,000 $277,514 246,692$ 780 19 (6,692)$
35 SEAL BEACH Seal Beach Total134 0 27 8 169 1.27%$40,644 $6,882 $3,237 $50,763 $58,698 53,134$ 168 1 (2,370)$
36 STANTON Stanton Total57 0 0 23 80 0.60%$19,240 $3,258 $1,532 $24,030 $27,786 25,302$ 80 0 (1,272)$
37 TUSTIN Tustin Total228 0 0 39 267 2.01%$64,213 $10,873 $5,114 $80,200 $92,736 83,812$ 265 2 (3,612)$
38 VILLA PARK Villa Park Total5 0 0 2 7 0.05%$1,683 $285 $134 $2,103 $2,431 2,214$ 7 0 (111)$
39 WESTMINSTER Westminster Total196 0 0 59 255 1.92%$61,327 $10,384 $4,885 $76,596 $88,568 80,333$ 254 1 (3,737)$
40 YORBA LINDA Yorba Linda Total53 0 0 48 101 0.76%$24,290 $4,113 $1,935 $30,338 $35,080 31,627$ 100 1 (1,289)$
41 METRONET Metronet Total0 55 0 0 55 0.41%$13,227 $2,240 $1,054 $16,521 $19,103 17,395$ 55 0 (874)$
42 -$
43 CITY TOTAL 7,160 1,660 243 1,853 10,916 82.34%$2,625,279 $444,519 $209,097 $3,278,895 $3,791,414 3,405,609$ 10,768 148 (126,715)$
44
45 OCFA 0 1,916 0 0 1,916 14.45%$460,795 $78,023 $36,701 $575,519 $665,477 596,804$ 1,887 29 (21,285)$
46 OCTA 0 0 0 124 124 0.94%$29,822 $5,049 $2,375 $37,247 $43,068 39,218$ 124 0 (1,971)$
47 OC LIFEGUARD TOTAL 0 0 54 0 54 0.41%$12,987 $2,199 $1,034 $16,220 $18,756 17,079$ 54 0 (859)$
48 COAST COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT 12 0 0 0 12 0.09%$2,886 $489 $230 $3,605 $4,168 3,795$ 12 0 (190)$
49 IRVINE VALLEY COLLEGE POLICE 23 0 0 0 23 0.17%$5,531 $937 $441 $6,909 $7,989 7,274$ 23 0 (365)$
50 SADDLEBACK COLLEGE CAMPUS PD 18 0 0 0 18 0.14%$4,329 $733 $345 $5,407 $6,252 6,009$ 19 (1)(602)$
51 CAL STATE FULLERTON 76 0 0 0 76 0.57%$18,278 $3,095 $1,456 $22,829 $26,397 24,037$ 76 0 (1,208)$
52 SANTA ANA UNIF. SCH. DIST. POLICE 70 0 0 0 70 0.53%$16,835 $2,851 $1,341 $21,026 $24,313 22,139$ 0 70 (1,113)$
53
54 COSTA MESA SANITARY DISTRIC 0 0 0 8 8 0.06%$1,924 $326 $153 $2,403 $2,779 2,530$ 8 0 (127)$
55 EAST ORANGE COUNTY WATER DISTRICT 0 0 0 7 7 0.05%$1,683 $285 $134 $2,103 $2,431 2,214$ 7 0 (111)$
56 EL TORO WATER DISTRICT 0 0 0 2 2 0.02%$481 $81 $38 $601 $695 633$ 2 0 (32)$
57 GOLDEN STATE WATER COMPANY 0 0 0 1 1 0.01%$240 $41 $19 $300 $347 316$ 1 0 (16)$
58 IRVINE RANCH WATER DISTRICT 0 0 0 4 4 0.03%$962 $163 $77 $1,202 $1,389 1,265$ 4 0 (64)$
59 MOULTON NIGUEL WATER DISTRICT 0 0 0 1 1 0.01%$240 $41 $19 $300 $347 316$ 1 0 (16)$
60 MIDWAY SANITATION DISTRICT 0 0 0 1 1 0.01%$240 $41 $19 $300 $347 316$ 1 0 (16)$
61 MESA WATER DISTRICT 0 0 0 5 5 0.04%$1,202 $204 $96 $1,502 $1,737 1,581$ 5 0 (79)$
62 METROPOLITAN WATER DISTRICT OF SO. CAL. R. DIEMER0 0 0 1 1 0.01%$240 $41 $19 $300 $347 316$ 1 0 (16)$
63 ORANGE COUNTY WATER DISTRICT 0 0 0 1 1 0.01%$240 $41 $19 $300 $347 316$ 1 0 (16)$
64 SANTA MARGARITA WATER DISTRICT 0 0 0 4 4 0.03%$962 $163 $77 $1,202 $1,389 316$ 1 3 885$
65 SOUTH ORANGE COUNTY WATER AUTHORITY 0 0 0 4 4 0.03%$962 $163 $77 $1,202 $1,389 1,265$ 4 0 (64)$
66 SERRANO WATER DISTRICT 0 0 0 1 1 0.01%$240 $41 $19 $300 $347 316$ 1 0 (16)$
67 TRABUCO CANYON WATER DISTRICT 0 0 0 2 2 0.02%$481 $81 $38 $601 $695 316$ 1 1 284$
68 MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT OF OC (WEROC)0 0 0 5 5 0.04%$1,202 $204 $96 $1,502 $1,737 1,581$ 5 0 (79)$
69 YORBA LINDA WATER DISTRICT 0 0 0 2 2 0.02%$481 $81 $38 $601 $695 633$ 2 0 (32)$
70
71 CITY/OCFA/OCTA/OCL/IVC/SCCPD/SAU/WATER TOTAL7,359 3,576 297 2,026 13,258 100.00%$3,188,526 $539,889 $253,959 $3,982,373 $4,604,852 4,136,197$ 13,008 250 (153,823)$
72
73 SHERIFF 2,718 0 0 0 2,718 52.93%$1,133,607 $0 $139,909 $1,273,516 $944,033 1,318,251$ 2,655 63 (44,735)$
74 DISTRICT ATTORNEY 236 0 0 0 236 4.60%$98,429 $0 $12,148 $110,578 $81,969 114,695$ 231 5 (4,117)$
75 PROBATION 668 0 0 0 668 13.01%$278,605 $0 $34,385 $312,991 $232,014 333,162$ 671 (3)(20,171)$
76 CEO 0 0 0 3 3 0.06%$1,251 $0 $154 $1,406 $1,042 1,490$ 3 0 (84)$
77 REGISTRAR OF VOTERS 0 0 0 100 100 1.95%$41,707 $0 $5,148 $46,855 $34,733 49,652$ 100 0 (2,797)$
78 HCA/ Environmental Hlth. 0 0 0 25 25 0.49%$10,427 $0 $1,287 $11,714 $8,683 12,413$ 25 0 (699)$
79 HCA/Correctional Medical Services 0 0 0 24 24 0.47%$10,010 $0 $1,235 $11,245 $8,336 11,916$ 24 0 (671)$
80 HCA/Emergency Medical Services 0 0 0 129 129 2.51%$53,803 $0 $6,640 $60,443 $44,805 64,051$ 129 0 (3,608)$
81 HCA/ Bio Terrorism 0 0 0 63 63 1.23%$26,276 $0 $3,243 $29,519 $21,882 31,281$ 63 0 (1,762)$
82 Community Svcs Prgrm/Animal Control 0 0 0 87 87 1.69%$36,285 $0 $4,478 $40,764 $30,217 43,197$ 87 0 (2,433)$
83 JOHN WAYNE AIRPORT 157 0 0 0 157 3.06%$65,481 $0 $8,082 $73,562 $54,530 77,953$ 157 0 (4,391)$
84 OC Public Works/Oper. & Maint./Inspection 0 0 0 275 275 5.36%$114,695 $0 $14,156 $128,851 $95,515 159,382$ 321 (46)(30,531)$
85 OC Public Works/Transp. ISF/Fleet Mngmt. 0 0 0 10 10 0.19%$4,171 $0 $515 $4,685 $3,473 4,965$ 10 0 (280)$
86 OCPW WATERSHED MGMT/DIV. MGR.0 0 0 12 12 0.23%$5,005 $0 $618 $5,623 $4,168 -$ 0 12 5,623$
87 OC Public Works Bldg and Safety - Permits 0 0 0 9 9 0.18%$3,754 $0 $463 $4,217 $3,126 -$ 0 9 4,217$
88 OC Public Works (OCPW) Facilities Ops.0 0 0 5 5 0.10%$2,085 $0 $257 $2,343 $1,737 -$ 0 5 2,343$
89 OC Public Works Road Fund Surveyor 0 0 0 7 7 0.14%$2,920 $0 $360 $3,280 $2,431 -$ 0 7 3,280$
90 OCPW/PEST MANAGEMENT SECTION 0 0 0 16 16 0.31%$6,673 $0 $824 $7,497 $5,557 -$ 0 16 7,497$
91 OCPW/FLOOD, COUNTY SURVEYOR 0 0 0 13 13 0.25%$5,422 $0 $669 $6,091 $4,515 -$ 0 13 6,091$
92 OC PARKS 0 0 0 505 505 9.83%$210,622 $0 $25,995 $236,617 $175,400 250,741$ 505 0 (14,124)$
93 OC PARKS/HBP DANA POINT 3 0 0 0 3 0.06%$1,251 $0 $154 $1,406 $1,042 6,455$ 13 (10)(5,049)$
94 OC Waste & Recycling 0 0 0 41 41 0.80%$17,100 $0 $2,110 $19,211 $14,240 16,882$ 34 7 2,329$
95 SSA 0 0 0 29 29 0.56%$12,095 $0 $1,493 $13,588 $10,072 13,902$ 28 1 (314)$
96 COUNTY TOTAL 3,782 0 0 1,353 5,135 100.00%$2,141,674 $0 $264,324 $2,405,999 $1,783,520 2,510,388$ 5,056 79 (104,389)$
97
98 GRAND TOTAL 11,141 3,576 297 3,379 18,393 $5,330,200 $539,889 $518,283 $6,388,372 $6,388,372 6,646,585$ 18,064 329 (258,212)$
99 Change from FY 20-21 =-3.88%(258,212)$
100
101 FY 21-22 TOTAL
Cities/ PAs
59.82%
County
40.18%
102 Operations $5,330,200 $3,188,526 $2,141,674
103 Backbone Infra.$539,889 $539,889 $0
104 Total $5,870,089 $3,728,415 $2,141,674
105
106 TOTAL Cities/PAs 49%
County
51%
107 Starting FY 08/09 Sustainab. Fund $518,283 $253,959 $264,324
108
109 GRAND TOTAL =$6,388,372 variances due to rounding
FY 21-22 Annual Payment
FY 21-22 RADIO COUNT PAYMENT FOR FY 21-22
FY 20-21
PAYMENT
variances due to rounding
Financial -
Attachment #2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Partner agencies hereto have set their hands and seals on the date
set forth opposite their respective signatures on identical counterparts of this instrument, each which
shall for all purposes be deemed an original thereof.
[City of Seal Beach]
By:________________________
[City Manager]
Dated: _____________________
Approved as to From
By:________________________
City Attorney
Attest:_____________________
[Clerk of Authority]
Agenda Item F
AGENDA STAFF REPORT
DATE:November 8, 2021
TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council
THRU:Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
FROM:Steve Myrter, P.E., Director of Public Works
SUBJECT:Awarding and Authorizing a Professional Services
Agreement for Furnishing and Installation of SCADA
Radios and Antennas
________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF REQUEST:
That the City Council adopt Resolution 7216:
1. Approving and awarding a Professional Services Agreement with Applied
Technology Group, Inc. in a not-to-exceed amount of $72,963 to Furnish and
Install SCADA Radios and Antennas; and,
2. Authorizing and directing the City Manager to execute the Agreement; and,
3. Authorizing the City Manager to approve additional work requests up to $7,000
in connection with Furnishing and Installation of SCADA Radios and Antennas.
BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS:
Currently the City’s water distribution system is monitored and controlled through
a Supervisor Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA). SCADA is the nerve center
of the City’s water system enabling constant communication between the water
system’s supply wells, booster pump stations and reservoirs 24 hours a day/7 days
a week.
SCADA’s ability to simultaneously integrate the operations of these critical water
facilities in real time ensures maximum operational reliability and efficiency of the
City’s water system. More specifically, SCADA allows for the collection and storage
of water system performance data, as well the transmission of alarms should the
water system or a specific piece of equipment not be operating to preset
performance parameters. It is these capabilities that also make SCADA integral to
ensuring the safe and efficient operations of key City sewer system lift stations as
well.
Page 2
1
1
4
0
Direct SCADA communication is monitored by means of specialized radios
integrated into the overall SCADA system architecture. It is these radios
specialized for use within the City’s SCADA system and their corresponding
antennas that have reached their useful life and are no longer supported by the
manufacturer since parts are no longer available should repairs become
necessary. To ensure compatibility, consistency, and ease of integration within the
City’s existing SCADA architecture, staff reached out to the manufacturer of the
City’s current SCADA radios, Applied Technology Group, Inc., to request a
proposal to replace all the City’s obsolete SCADA radios and antennas with the
manufacturer’s current generation of SCADA radios and antennas.
Applied Technology Group, Inc., which specializes in SCADA equipment currently
being utilized by the City, submitted the proposal provided as Exhibit A to the
attached Agreement. The proposal is for the purchase of 16 new replacement
SCADA radios for thirteen (13) existing water system and sewer system sites. The
proposal also provides two (2) new SCADA radios to allow for the expansion of the
City’s SCADA system to include two (2) new sites currently not being monitored
by SCADA. Additionally, one of the new SCADA radios will be utilized as a spare.
The proposal also includes the purchase of fourteen (14) antennas. These new
antennas will replace the old obsolete existing antennas and provide for two (2)
new sites. Additionally, the proposal provides for installation of the equipment that
includes the removal of the existing SCADA radios, old antennas with hardware,
and installing the new SCADA radios with antennas and hardware system. The
total not-to-exceed proposal amount is $72,963.
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT:
This item is not subject to the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”)
pursuant to Section 15061(b)(3) of the state CEQA Guidelines because it can be
seen with certainty that approval of a professional services agreement with Applied
Technology Group, Inc. will not have a significant effect on the environment.
LEGAL ANALYSIS:
No legal analysis is required for this item.
FINANCIAL IMPACT:
Sufficient funding is available in the SCADA Improvement Upgrade, Project Budget
(Project No. WT1801), which is included City’s Adopted FY 2021-22 Budget. A
detailed breakdown of the proposed funding sources is provided in the table below:
Description Funding Source Amount
(WT1801) Water SCADA Water Fund $47,426
(WT1801) Sewer SCADA Sewer Fund $25,537
Contingency Water Fund $3,500
Page 3
1
1
4
0
Contingency Sewer Fund $3,500
Total $79,963
STRATEGIC PLAN:
This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan.
MEASURE BB:
This item is not applicable to Measure BB, the Seal Beach Neighborhood and
Essential Services Protection Measure.
RECOMMENDATION:
That the City Council adopt Resolution 7216:
1. Approving and awarding a Professional Services Agreement with Applied
Technology Group, Inc. in a not-to-exceed amount of $72,963 to Furnish and
Install SCADA Radios and Antennas; and,
2. Authorizing and directing the City Manager to execute the Agreement; and,
3. Authorizing the City Manager to approve additional work requests up to $7,000
in connection with Furnishing and Installation of SCADA Radios and Antennas.
SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED:
Steve Myrter Jill R. Ingram
Steve Myrter, P.E., Director of
Public Works
Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
ATTACHMENTS:
A. Resolution 7216
B. Agreement with Applied Technology Group, Inc.
RESOLUTION 7216
A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL AWARDING
AND AUTHORIZING A PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLATION OF SCADA RADIOS AND
ANTENNAS AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE
A PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH APPLIED
TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.
WHEREAS, the City’s Supervisor Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system is
critical to enabling the safe reliability and efficiency operations City’s water system and
sewer system 24 hours a day/7 days a week in real time; and,
WHEREAS, the existing SCADA radios and corresponding antennas, integral to the
overall SCADA system architecture, have reached their useful life and are no longer
supported by the manufacturer; and,
WHEREAS, to ensure compatibility, consistency, and ease of integration within the
City’s existing SCADA architecture, staff reached out to the manufacturer of the City’s
current SCADA radios, Applied Technology Group, Inc., to request a proposal to
replace all the City’s obsolete SCADA radios and antennas with the manufacturer’s
current generation of SCADA radios and antennas; and,
WHEREAS, Applied Technology Group, Inc., submitted the proposal dated November 1,
2021, for the purchase of 16 new replacement SCADA radios for thirteen (13) existing
water system and sewer system sites, two (2) new sites, and one new SCADA radio to
be utilized as a spare; and,
WHEREAS, the proposal also provides for installation equipment that includes the
removal of the existing SCADA radios, old antennas with hardware, and installing the
new SCADA radios with antennas and hardware system.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL DOES HEREBY RESOLVE:
Section 1. The City Council hereby awards a Professional Services Agreement
(Agreement) to Applied Technology Group, Inc., for a total not-to-exceed
amount of $72,963 to Furnish and Install SCADA Radios and Antennas.
Section 2. The City Council hereby authorizes the City Manager to approve
additional work requests in connection with the Furnishing and
Installation of SCADA Radios and Antennas in the total cumulative not-
to-exceed amount of $7,000, $3,500 from the sewer fund and $3,500
from the water fund.
6
4
4
6
Section 3. The City Council hereby authorizes and directs the City Manager to
execute the Agreement on behalf of the City, pursuant to the Applied
Technology Group Inc. proposal dated November 1, 2021.
PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular
meeting held on the 8h day of November, 2021 by the following vote:
AYES: Council Members
NOES: Council Members
ABSENT: Council Members
ABSTAIN: Council Members
Joe Kalmick, Mayor
ATTEST:
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
STATE OF CALIFORNIA }
COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS
CITY OF SEAL BEACH }
I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the
foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7216 on file in the office of the City
Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on
the 8th day of November, 2021.
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
Agenda Item G
AGENDA STAFF REPORT
DATE:November 8, 2021
TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council
THRU:Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
FROM:Steve Myrter, P.E., Public Works Director
SUBJECT:Approving and Authorizing Amendment No. 1 to the
Professional Services Agreement with B & B Nurseries, Inc.
________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF REQUEST:
That the City Council adopt Resolution 7217:
1. Approving Budget Amendment 22-05-02 appropriating $43,707 in the
Special Projects Fund; and,
2. Approving Amendment No. 1 to the Professional Services Agreement with
B & B Nurseries, Inc., for procurement and installation of five Coastal Oak
trees in Gum Grove Nature Park; and,
3. Authorizing and directing the City Manager to execute Amendment No. 1.
BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS:
The City Council approved a Professional Services Agreement (PSA) with B & B
Nurseries, Inc. for the procurement and installation of five (5) 96-inch box Coastal
Oak trees for a not-to-exceed amount of $68,499 at the June 22, 2020 City Council
meeting. These trees were purchased to add a new grove of Coastal Oak trees in
Gum Grove Nature Park.
The procurement and installation of these five (5) trees was initially planned to
occur in late summer 2020. However, prior to commencing with installation, the
California Coastal Commission (CCC) informed the City that a Coastal
Development Permit (CDP) would be required before the City would be permitted
to move forward with the project. As a result, the project had to be postponed
pending final approval from the CCC to proceed. Moreover, one of the CDP
requirements to minimize required excavation activities at the site includes the
allowance of only one (1) of the five (5) 96-inch box Coastal Oak trees to be
installed; and the other four (4) Coastal Oak trees were required to be downsized
to 60-inch box trees.
Page 2
1
1
3
8
Recently, the City received the final CDP allowing the project to proceed. With the
project’s CDP now approved, the PSA with B & B Nurseries, Inc., for procurement
and installation, must be revised to modify the scope of work based upon the final
CDP requirements, as well as to extend the end date of the project due to the delay
caused by the CCC process. Amendment No. 1 to the PSA modifies the scope of
work, extends the agreement term to April 1, 2022, and reduces the compensation
to be paid to B & B Nurseries, Inc. in a total not-to-exceed amount of $43,706.69
based on the revised scope of work.
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT:
There is no environmental impact related to this item.
LEGAL ANALYSIS:
The City Attorney has approved the agreement and resolution as to form.
FINANCIAL IMPACT:
Funds recovered from a previous litigation involving the illegal removal of public
trees within Gum Grove Nature Park were set aside into a tree replacement fund.
These funds are maintained in the Special Projects fund and will be utilized to pay
for this project. The PSA with B & B Nurseries, Inc. is in the amount of $68,498.45.
However, a modification to the initial “scope of work” is required because the final
CDP allows only one (1) of the five (5) Coastal Oak Trees to be planted, and the
other four (4) Coastal Oak trees were required to be downsized to 60-inch box
trees. This CDP requirement resulted in a reduction of the PSA’s total
compensation by $24,791.76, for an amended total not-to-exceed compensation
of $43,706.69. Amendment No. 1 incorporates this modified scope of work as
shown in Exhibit B-1 for a total not-to-exceed compensation of $43,706.69.
The City is proposing BA 22-05-02 appropriating funds in the Special Projects
Fund to pay for the costs. The proposed budget amendment is as follows:
Description Account
Revised/
Adopted
Budget
Proposed
Budget
Budget
Amendment
Tree
Replacement 103-500-0249-47409 $ 0 $ 43,707 $ 43,707
STRATEGIC PLAN:
This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan.
Page 3
1
1
3
8
MEASURE BB:
This item is not applicable to Measure BB, the Seal Beach Neighborhood and
Essential Services Protection Measure.
RECOMMENDATION:
That the City Council adopt Resolution 7217:
1. Approving Budget Amendment 22-05-02 appropriating $43,707 in the
Special Projects Fund; and,
2. Approving Amendment No. 1 to the Professional Services Agreement with
B & B Nurseries, Inc., for procurement and installation of five Coastal Oak
trees in Gum Grove Nature Park; and,
3. Authorizing and directing the City Manager to execute Amendment No. 1.
SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED:
Steve Myrter Jill R. Ingram
Steve Myrter, P.E., Public Works
Director
Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
ATTACHMENTS:
A. Resolution 7217
B. Agreement with B & B Nursery dated June 22, 2020
C. Amendment No. 1 to B & B Nursery Agreement
RESOLUTION 7217
A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL
APPROVING AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO
EXECUTE AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE PROFESSIONAL
SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH B & B NURSERIES, INC.
WHEREAS, on June 22, 2020, the City Council approved a Professional Services
Agreement (PSA) with B & B Nurseries, Inc. for the procurement and installation of five
(5) 96-inch box Coastal Oak trees for a total not-to-exceed amount of $68,499; and,
WHEREAS, the five (5) Coastal Oak trees were purchased to add a new grove of Coastal
Oak trees to Gum Grove Park; and,
WHEREAS, postponement of the project was required due to the California Coastal
Commission (CCC) imposing additional Coastal Development Permit (CDP)
requirements just prior to the initially planned project start date; and,
WHEREAS, whereas the CCC recently issued the final CDP, allowing the project to
proceed; and,
WHEREAS, the final CDP requires modification of the project’s scope of work given that
the final CDP allows only one (1) of the five (5) 96-inch box Coastal Oak trees to be
installed, and requires the remaining four (4) Coastal Oak trees to be downsized to
60-inch box trees; and,
WHEREAS, the City and B & B Nurseries, Inc. desire to extend the Agreement term and
revise the scope of work with a reduced final compensation of $43,706.69.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL DOES HEREBY RESOLVE:
Section 1. Budget Amendment BA 22-05-02 is hereby approved, as follows:
Description Account
Revised/
Adopted
Budget
Proposed
Budget
Budget
Amendment
Tree
Replacement 103-500-0249-47409 $ 0 $ 43,707 $ 43,707
Section 2. The City Council hereby approves Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement
with B & B Nurseries, Inc. extending the Agreement term to April 1, 2022,
and revising the scope of work with a reduced final compensation in the
total not-to-exceed amount of $43,706.69.
6
4
4
4
Section 3. The City Council hereby authorizes and directs the City Manager to
execute Amendment No. 1.
6
4
4
4
PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular
meeting held on the 8th day of November, 2021 by the following vote:
AYES: Council Members
NOES: Council Members
ABSENT: Council Members
ABSTAIN: Council Members
Joe Kalmick, Mayor
ATTEST:
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
STATE OF CALIFORNIA }
COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS
CITY OF SEAL BEACH }
I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the
foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7217 on file in the office of the City
Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on
the 8th day of November, 2021.
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
Agenda Item H
AGENDA STAFF REPORT
DATE:November 8, 2021
TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council
FROM:Craig A. Steele, City Attorney
SUBJECT:Review and Determine that the City Council will Continue to
Conduct Public Meetings by Teleconference Pursuant to
Government Code Section 54953(e)
________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF REQUEST:
That the City Council review the continuing need to conduct the City’s public
meetings virtually and determine that in-person meetings would present imminent
risks to public health and safety.
BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS:
The City Council has met remotely throughout the pandemic to protect the health
and safety of the public and staff. Remote meetings under relaxed Brown Act rules
were permitted by Governor Newsom’s executive Order N-29-20, which expired
on September 30, 2021. In its place, the Legislature passed AB 361, which
became effective October 1, 2021. AB 361 continues to permit remote meetings
during a proclaimed local emergency, if social distancing measures are required
or recommended. New Government Code Section 54953(e) requires that the
Board review these requirements every 30 days, to determine whether in person
meetings of the City Council would present imminent risks to the health and safety
of attendees. If the City Council continues to meet remotely, AB 361 requires that
the public have real time opportunities to participate. The City Council previously
determined to continue meeting remotely on October 25, 2021.
State, County and City-declared states of emergency due to the COVID-19
pandemic remain in effect. While California and Orange County residents have
worked hard to reduce the spread of the virus, hospitalizations and deaths,
transmission remains at substantial levels in the community. Authorities, including
Cal OSHA, recommend that businesses and entities continue to practice social
distancing indoors as well as other measures to guard against the virus. Under the
current circumstances, the City Council would be justified in determining that City
bodies should continue to meet remotely under the rules set forth in Government
Code Section 54953(e). Staff will provide the required real time public participation
measures. As required by law, the City Council will review this matter every 30
days. as meeting schedules permit.
Page 2
1
1
3
9
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT:
There is no environmental impact related to this item.
LEGAL ANALYSIS:
No legal analysis is required for this item.
FINANCIAL IMPACT:
There is no financial impact for this item.
STRATEGIC PLAN:
This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan.
MEASURE BB:
This item is not applicable to Measure BB, the Seal Beach Neighborhood and
Essential Services Protection Measure.
RECOMMENDATION:
The City Manager and City Attorney recommend that the City Council determine
that the City Council will continue to conduct public meetings by teleconference
pursuant to Government Code Section 54953(e), because in-person meetings
would present imminent risks to the health and safety of attendees, and continue
to review this matter periodically.
SUBMITTED BY:
Craig A. Steele
Craig A. Steele, City Attorney
Agenda Item I
AGENDA STAFF REPORT
DATE: November 8, 2021
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council
THRU: Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
FROM: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk
SUBJECT:Appointment of the Initial Five Members to the Board of
Directors of the Seal Beach Historic Resources Foundation
________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF REQUEST:
That the City Council approve the appointment of the initial five members to the
Board of Directors of the Seal Beach Historic Resources Foundation.
BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS:
The City Council has previously approved the Articles of Incorporation and
proposed Bylaws for the Seal Beach Historic Resources Foundation. This
independent non-profit organization is intended to hold and maintain historic
resources for the benefit of the community. Under the proposed Bylaws, the City
Council is to appoint the first five members of the Board of Directors, and the
Foundation will operate independently thereafter, in cooperation with the City.
Seventeen applications for membership to the Board of Directors were received
in the City Clerk’s office by the August 27, 2021, deadline. The list of applicants
and application materials were supplied to the City Council for review.
On Monday, October 25, 2021, the City Council held a Special Meeting to
interview and subsequently select the initial five (5) members to the Board of
Directors. All 17 applicants were interviewed, and each applicant was given three
(3) minutes to provide background information, knowledge and skills, and
fundraising efforts, if any, as well as any other information the applicant deemed
pertinent to secure membership to the Board of Directors. All follow-up questions
from Council Members were answered by the applicants.
Each Council Member selected one applicant to serve as one of the initial five (5)
members to the Board of Directors of the Seal Beach Historic Resources
Foundation. The applicants were not selected based on Council Districts and are
not in any order of preference. The initial five (5) members selected to the Board
of Directors of the Seal Beach Historic Resources Foundation are as follows
(listed alphabetically):
Page 2
1. Lorenz (Larry) Krueger
2. Deb Machen
3. Emily Parris Sandler
4. Linda Stauffer
5. Larry Strawther
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT:
There is no environmental impact associated with this administrative item.
LEGAL ANALYSIS:
The City Attorney has analyzed the legal issues that are incorporated in this
report.
FINANCIAL IMPACT:
There is no financial impact for this item.
STRATEGIC PLAN:
This item is not applicable to the Strategic Plan.
MEASURE BB:
This item is not applicable to Measure BB, the Seal Beach Neighborhood and
Essential Services Protection Measure.
RECOMMENDATION:
That the City Council approve the appointment of the initial five members to the
Board of Directors of the Seal Beach Historic Resources Foundation.
SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED:
Gloria D. Harper Jill R. Ingram
Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Jill R. Ingram, City Manager
ATTACHMENTS:
A. List of Applicants
B. Copy of Applications
Seal Beach Historic Resources Foundation
Applicants
1. Adams, Mechelle Lawrence (Withdrew application on 10/28/2021)
2. Cohen, Robert
3. DeSanto, Christopher
4. Foster, Rick
5. Gibbons, Tom
6. Kranda, Nathan
7. Krueger, Lorenz (Larry)
8. Machen, Deb
9. Sandler, Emily Parris
10. Smith, Nancy
11. Stauffer, Linda
12. Strawther, Larry
13. Syrengelas, Dino
14. Villanueva, James
15. Ward, William
16. Way, Tim
17. Weir, Scott